ML16007A046: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TRANSMITTAL FORM To: U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region IV 1600 E. Lamar Blvd.Arlington, ;TX 76011 From: Entergy -Waterford 3 Emergency Planning 17265 River Road Killona, LA 70057 Transmittal Date: 12/16/2015 Total Records/Documents Transmitted:
{{#Wiki_filter:ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TRANSMITTAL FORM To:   U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission             Transmittal Date:                12/16/2015 Region IV 1600 E. Lamar Blvd.
2 Record / Document Number Revision Document Effective Date 1EP-002-010 (2 copies) 313 12/15/15 2E-002-010 (2 Copies) 313 12/15/15 Procedure Supporting Documents Robert Carey -504-464-3482 Emergency Preparedness Manager REQUEST/APPROVAL PAGE Normal Review Class (check one): SAFETY RELATED ]oc PROCEDURE j ] QUALIFIED REVIEW PROCEDURE NUMBER: EP-002-010  
Arlington, ;TX 76011 From:   Entergy - Waterford 3 Emergency Planning 17265 River Road Killona, LA 70057 Total Records/Documents                 2 Transmitted:
'
Record / Document Number             Revision               Document Effective Date 1EP-002-010 (2 copies)                     313                     12/15/15 2E-002-010 (2 Copies)                         313                     12/15/15 Procedure Supporting Documents Robert Carey - 504-464-3482 Emergency Preparedness Manager
313 TITLE: Notifications and Communications PROCEDURE OWNER (Position Title): Emergency Planning Manager TERM (check one): [] PERMANENT LI TEMPORARY Effective Date I Milestone (if applicable): -i I ¢Q2 -5 Expiration Date I Milestone (if applicable):
 
N/A PROCEDURE ACTION (check one):[] Revision LI Deletion LI New Procedure DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION:
REQUEST/APPROVAL PAGE SAFETY RELATED ]oc                                                                            Normal Review Class (check one):
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone 12 Request/Approval Page Continuation Sheet(s) attached.REIWPOES ~ Nra IEditorial Correction Technical Verification (cEckE POne):] oral [ (Revisions only) [] (RevisionsonDiv)
PROCEDURE                                                       j]         QUALIFIED REVIEW PROCEDURE NUMBER:                       EP-002-010           -*:'K;**
______REVIEW AND APPROVAL ACTIVITIES PRINT NAME OR SIGNATURE DATE PREPARER Gina Taylor 12/06/15 EC SUPERVISOR Administrative Review and Approval (sign) N/A N/A CROSS-DISCIPLINE N/A and .___________________________
                                                              '              1i'_:*..*i*;xj%''-*;!*-*'-:':;*    *!.REVISION:                  313 TITLE:       Notifications and Communications PROCEDURE OWNER (Position Title):               Emergency Planning Manager TERM (check one):             []   PERMANENT               LI       TEMPORARY Effective Date I Milestone (if applicable):     -i     *-+--          I ¢Q2 - 5*    *    *'        I=*I*'
INTERNAL N/A REVIEWS_____(List Groups,- N/A Functions, Positions, etc.) N/A POESAPIAIIY Performed 12 PA Exclusion 0] OSOR 03-003 DETERMINATION TECHNICAL Review 0] Verification 12 Don Vincent 15" QUALIFIED REVIEWER Review 0] Jack Lewis GROUP/DEPT.
Expiration Date I Milestone (if applicable):                                                     N/A PROCEDURE ACTION (check one):
HEAD Review 12 Approval 0] (sign) Aaron Ertel/
[]       Revision           LI   Deletion             LI     New Procedure DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION:
GM, PLANT OPERATIONS Review 12 Approval 12 (sign) N/A VICE PRESIDENT, OPERATIONS Approval 12 (sign) N/A Form (W2.1 09 Revision 015)
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE-...
: 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
: 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
: 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone 12   Request/Approval Page Continuation Sheet(s) attached.
(cEckE         REIWPOES POne):]           ~    Nra oral     [ IEditorial (Revisions Correction only)                                 []   Technical    Verification (RevisionsonDiv)         ______
REVIEW AND APPROVAL ACTIVITIES                                       PRINT NAME OR SIGNATURE                     DATE PREPARER                                                                                                       Gina Taylor               12/06/15 EC SUPERVISOR                           Administrative Review and Approval             (sign)                       N/A N/A CROSS-DISCIPLINE                                                                                                           N/A and               .___________________________
INTERNAL                                                                                                             N/A REVIEWS_____
(List Groups,-                                                                                                       N/A Functions, Positions, etc.)                                                                                                     N/A POESAPIAIIY               Performed     12         PA Exclusion     0]                           OSOR 03-003 DETERMINATION TECHNICAL                               Review     0]           Verification     12                           Don Vincent           j*'9-    15" QUALIFIED REVIEWER                       Review     0]                                                         Jack Lewis               ,I)*
GROUP/DEPT. HEAD                         Review     12             Approval     0]   (sign)   Aaron Ertel/ *_***/./,j./*
GM, PLANT OPERATIONS                     Review     12             Approval     12   (sign)                       N/A VICE PRESIDENT, OPERATIONS                                         Approval     12   (sign)                       N/A Form (W2.1 09 Revision 015)
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                                                                Revision 313 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE-... mlmN*mmmtmtBtDBm mIIBDm*mmIm*I*Ii*BmlmlDmIImImI*miII*BI*m*mmmmmmBiIIIgDB*IIImm*mBmmIIIBBEBII*i*m*m*mmmBIlmImI1RmDIImE*I                                      -2


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==


3.0 RESPONSIBIL 4.0 INITIATING CC 5.0 PROCEDURE
3.0 RESPONSIBIL )ND-IT-I---ONS         *-I*n~----        ----------------                    *-------m1--=--N-----------------*---------=---I~1--4N 4.0 INITIATING CC.I IE--.. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. ....                           . .. ..         .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .         5 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1    A dm inistrative -- -........   ....     ....     .. .         ...     . .. . ....           ....     ....   ...-...       ...-... ...-.   ... .............     5 5.2    Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations------                               -         ---               ------                             -----                 -       -       -17 5.3     Subsequent Notifications---                     -         ---                 -           -         -                                                           24 5.4     Requests for Offsite Assistance-,                     ----                 -             -                                                                       29 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS--------------------------------...............                                                 --------------------------------------------------- *U 7.0 ATTACHMENTS-----------------...................................
-2)ND-IT-I---ONS  
7.1     Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)-                                                                                                       32 7.2     Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)-                                 -----                                                                                     -
----------------.I IE--.. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .5 5.1 5.2 A dm inistrative  
35 7.3     Notification Message Form (Typical)-                                                                                                                                 36
-- -..... ... .... .... .. .... ... ..... .... .... ...-... ...-... ...-. ... .............
                                                                              -           -           -       -
5 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations------  
3A    -
---- ------ ----- ---17 5.3 Subsequent Notifications---  
7.4     Offsite Communications Log (Typical)---                             -           -           -         -
---- ---5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance-, ---- --6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS--------------------------------...............
7.5     Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)------
7.0 ATTACHMENTS-----------------...................................
                                                                                                                                                                            -38 7.6     Short Message Form (Typical)-                 ----------                                                                                                         41    -
7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)-
7.7     Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)---------                                                                                                                 42 7.8     Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical)                       -       -             -         -
7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)-  
7.9     Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS------------------------..................................                                               mmlmmmmu*mm*B*m*lEmmmmliBllmml*NmmlgNiMmmmltmmEmm 31 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 1-45                                        Revision 313 Informational Use 1
-----7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical)-  
 
----7.4 Offsite Communications Log (Typical)---  
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                          EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1      This procedure provides guidance for making notifications to offsite agencies during a Waterford 3 SES emergency.
----7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)------
 
7.6 Short Message Form (Typical)-  
==2.0      REFERENCES==
----------
 
7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)---------
2.1      Waterford 3 SES Emergency Plan 2.2      State of Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan 2.3      EP-002-01 5, Emergency Responder Activation 2.4      EP-003-060, Emergency Communications Guidelines 2.5      EP-002-1 50, Emergency Plan Implementing Records 2.6      Emergency Management Resources Book 2.7      UNT-007-018, First Aid and Medical Care 2.8      FP-001-020, Fire Emergency/Fire Report 2.9      EP-003-050, Emergency Organization Documentation and Control 2.10    EP-002-052, Protective Action Guidelines 2.11    NE) 99-02, Regulatory Assessmnet Performance Indicator Guidelinie 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1      The Shift Manager (SM) has the responsibility and authority of the Emergency Director (ED).
7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical)  
3.1 .1    The SM ensures the initial notifications are made, recommends offsite protective measures, and contacts the TSC Duty Emergency Plant Manager.
----7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical)8.0 RECORDS------------------------..................................
3.1.2    The SM continues as the ED until the EOF Duty Emergency Director properly relieves the SM as the Emergency Director.
24 29---------------------------------------------------  32-35-----------
3.2      The EOF Duty Emergency Director relieves the SM of the responsibilities of the ED.
3A 35 36-38-------41 42 31 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Revision 313 1-45 Informational Use 1 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for making notifications to offsite agencies during a Waterford 3 SES emergency.
3.2.1    Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, the ED directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
2
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                          EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 3.2.2      Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.
3.2.3      Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.
3.3      The EOF Emergency Director is responsible for the activation and operation of the EOF in support of the Onsite Emergency Organization.
3.3.1      Upon transfer of the communication process to the EQF, the EOF Emergency Director directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
3.3.2      Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.
3.3.3      Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.
3.4      The EOF Offsite Communicator is responsible for implementation of this procedure when activities are transferred to their emergency facility.
3.5      The communications facility logs (Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50) are normally maintained by the Control Room Emergency Communicator and EQE Offsite Communicator.
3.6      The Control Room Emergency Communicator and ECE Offsite Communicator are responsible for Items 1 and 2 of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form when activities are in their designated area prior to transmittal.
3.7      The ENS Communicator is responsible for maintaining contact with the NRC on the Emergency Notification System (ENS) line when this activity is transferred.
3.8      The Shift Manager (SM)!/Emergency Director (ED) (Contol Room) and the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) have the primary responsibility for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 (as applicable) of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form.
3
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure  EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications        Revision 313 4.0 INITIATING CONDITIONS 4.1      Declaration of 4.1.1    Unusual Event 4.1.2    Alert 4.1.3    Site Area Emergency 4.1 .4  General Emergency 4
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1      Administrative 5.1.1     Definitions 5.1,1.1     Call Back Number - A telephone number, or Operational Hotline code number, provided as a means for agencies to contact Waterford 3 communications personnel to discuss or ask questions regarding the emergency situation.
5.1.1.2      Communicator's Form Pack - A package of forms provided in the Control Room to assist the Emergency Communicator in the performance of notification and communications activities.
5.1.1.3      Emergency Management Resources Book - An emergency phone book which includes facility, agency, emergency Entergy Operations responder, and emergency resources phone numbers.
5.1.1.4      Emergency Notification System (ENS) - The primary dedicated phone link with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).
5.1.1.5      Industrial Hotline (IHL) - A St. Charles Parish dedicated phone system between member industries within the parish and the St. Charles Parish 911 Center and the St. Charles Emergency Operations Center (EOC).
5.1.1 .6    Operational Hotline (OHL) - A dedicated phone system between the risk parishes, State agencies, Waterford 1&2 and Waterford 3.
5.1.1.7    Operational Hotline Code Number - Each telephone (station) in the Operational Hotline system has a unique code number which can be used to contact an individual station.
5.1.1.8      Operational Hotline Members - Those organizations that are interconnected by the Operational Hotline dedicated phone system. Waterford 3 SES, Waterford 1&2, St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, Governor's Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) are Operational Hotline members.
5


==2.0 REFERENCES==
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                          EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 5.1.1.9    PABX - Private Automatic Branch Exchange. This is the normal station (commercial) telephone system.
5.1.1.10  Rumor Control - A sub-organization of the Joint Information Center (JIC) with the responsibility to provide information and respond to public questions.
5.1.1.11  Verification Callback Numbers  - Preestablished Control Room telephone numbers that have been provided to the Operational Hotline Members to allow for the verification of the initial notification of an emergency condition or to validate calls received of a questionable nature relating to an emergency situation at Waterford 3.
6


2.1 Waterford 3 SES Emergency Plan 2.2 State of Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan 2.3 EP-002-01 5, Emergency Responder Activation 2.4 EP-003-060, Emergency Communications Guidelines 2.5 EP-002-1 50, Emergency Plan Implementing Records 2.6 Emergency Management Resources Book 2.7 UNT-007-018, First Aid and Medical Care 2.8 FP-001-020, Fire Emergency/Fire Report 2.9 EP-003-050, Emergency Organization Documentation and Control 2.10 EP-002-052, Protective Action Guidelines 2.11 NE) 99-02, Regulatory Assessmnet Performance Indicator Guidelinie 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Shift Manager (SM) has the responsibility and authority of the Emergency Director (ED).3.1 .1 The SM ensures the initial notifications are made, recommends offsite protective measures, and contacts the TSC Duty Emergency Plant Manager.3.1.2 The SM continues as the ED until the EOF Duty Emergency Director properly relieves the SM as the Emergency Director.3.2 The EOF Duty Emergency Director relieves the SM of the responsibilities of the ED.3.2.1 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, the ED directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                       EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 5.1.2     Documentation 5.1.2.1   Each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator maintains a narrative log on the Facility Log, Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50, which documents the following:
2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 3.2.2 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.3.2.3 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.3.3 The EOF Emergency Director is responsible for the activation and operation of the EOF in support of the Onsite Emergency Organization.
3.3.1 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EQF, the EOF Emergency Director directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
3.3.2 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.3.3.3 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.3.4 The EOF Offsite Communicator is responsible for implementation of this procedure when activities are transferred to their emergency facility.3.5 The communications facility logs (Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50) are normally maintained by the Control Room Emergency Communicator and EQE Offsite Communicator.
3.6 The Control Room Emergency Communicator and ECE Offsite Communicator are responsible for Items 1 and 2 of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form when activities are in their designated area prior to transmittal.
3.7 The ENS Communicator is responsible for maintaining contact with the NRC on the Emergency Notification System (ENS) line when this activity is transferred.
3.8 The Shift Manager (SM)!/Emergency Director (ED) (Contol Room) and the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) have the primary responsibility for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 (as applicable) of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications 4.0 INITIATING CONDITIONS EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 4.1 Declaration of 4.1.1 Unusual Event 4.1.2 Alert 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency 4.1 .4 General Emergency 4 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Administrative 5.1.1 Definitions 5.1,1.1 Call Back Number -A telephone number, or Operational Hotline code number, provided as a means for agencies to contact Waterford 3 communications personnel to discuss or ask questions regarding the emergency situation.
5.1.1.2 Communicator's Form Pack -A package of forms provided in the Control Room to assist the Emergency Communicator in the performance of notification and communications activities.
5.1.1.3 Emergency Management Resources Book -An emergency phone book which includes facility, agency, emergency Entergy Operations responder, and emergency resources phone numbers.5.1.1.4 Emergency Notification System (ENS) -The primary dedicated phone link with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).5.1.1.5 Industrial Hotline (IHL) -A St. Charles Parish dedicated phone system between member industries within the parish and the St. Charles Parish 911 Center and the St. Charles Emergency Operations Center (EOC).5.1.1 .6 Operational Hotline (OHL) -A dedicated phone system between the risk parishes, State agencies, Waterford 1 &2 and Waterford 3.5.1.1.7 Operational Hotline Code Number -Each telephone (station) in the Operational Hotline system has a unique code number which can be used to contact an individual station.5.1.1.8 Operational Hotline Members -Those organizations that are interconnected by the Operational Hotline dedicated phone system. Waterford 3 SES, Waterford 1&2, St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, Governor's Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) are Operational Hotline members.5 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.1.9 PABX -Private Automatic Branch Exchange.
This is the normal station (commercial) telephone system.5.1.1.10 Rumor Control -A sub-organization of the Joint Information Center (JIC) with the responsibility to provide information and respond to public questions.
5.1.1.11 Verification Callback Numbers -Preestablished Control Room telephone numbers that have been provided to the Operational Hotline Members to allow for the verification of the initial notification of an emergency condition or to validate calls received of a questionable nature relating to an emergency situation at Waterford 3.6 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.2 Documentation 5.1.2.1 Each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator maintains a narrative log on the Facility Log, Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50, which documents the following:
: a. The name and initials of each communicator.
: a. The name and initials of each communicator.
: b. Problems noted with the communication systems.c. Off-normal conditions affecting the communications aspect of the emergency.
: b. Problems noted with the communication systems.
: c. Off-normal conditions affecting the communications aspect of the emergency.
: d. Transfer of communications.
: d. Transfer of communications.
: e. Offsite agency agreement to a less restrictive time requirement for subsequent notifications.
: e. Offsite agency agreement to a less restrictive time requirement for subsequent notifications.
: f. Requests to GOHSEP to contact LDEQ for off-hours notifications.
: f. Requests to GOHSEP to contact LDEQ for off-hours notifications.
5.1.2.2 Attachment 7.4 should be maintained for each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator.
5.1.2.2   Attachment 7.4 should be maintained for each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator. The log includes as a minimum the following (Refer to Attachment 7.5 for an example):
The log includes as a minimum the following (Refer to Attachment 7.5 for an example): a. The date.b. One communication message per column indicating whether the message was incoming or outgoing.c. The message number.d. Initials of the communicator transmitting or receiving the message.e. The time the message occurred.7 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .3 Use of Communications Log 5.1.3.1 All incoming and outgoing messages other than those documented on a Notification Message Form, Short Message Form or Attachment 7.9 should be documented on a Communications Log (Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50).5.1.3.2 The message recorded on the Communications Log includes the following:
: a. The date.
: a. Message Number b. Agency or facility transmitting the message c. Agency or facility receiving the message d. Time message sent or received e. Call back number (usually Communicator's PABX number) used for messages being transmitted off site.f. OHL code number for messages being transmitted to Operational Hotline Member(s).
: b. One communication message per column indicating whether the message was incoming or outgoing.
: g. The name of the individual receiving or sending the message.5.1.3.3 The Emergency Director shall approve all messages to non-Entergy agencies prior to transmittal offsite, except for information provided to the NRC in response to a question.a. Only responses to NRC questions on command decision-making activities which are in progress and no_.t finalized require prior approval.8 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Cornmunications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.1.4 Verification Calls 5.1.4.1 Initial contact with the Operational Hotline members or the NRC, which are made or received over PABX telephone lines may be verified by the receiver of the message.5.1.4.2 When Waterford 3 is the message transmitter, then the receiver of the message may at their discretion call back and verify the validity of the message on the pre-established verification call back numbers provided to the agencies.5.1.4.3 Phone calls of a questionable nature received by Waterford 3 SES should be verified with the calling agency using the numbers listed in the Emergency Management Resources Book.5.1.4.4 Verification calls are logged in accordance with EP-002-1 50 or on Attachment 7.4.5.1.5 Message Numbering System NOTE Replies to messages received and documented on a Communications Log do not require the assignment of an individual message number. The reply is recorded on the bottom section of the Communications Log and transmitted using the original message number.5.1.5.1 All messages transmitted or received should be assigned a unique number to allow for in-house management and documentation of each message.5.1.5.2 All Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms are numbered "F-i", "F-2", "F-3", etc., in increasing sequential order.5.1.5.3 All other messages generated or received by communicators are identified by use of an alpha designator and numbered in increasing sequential order as indicated below: a.b.C.Control Room Communicators  
: c. The message number.
-C-i, C-2, etc., TSC Communicators  
: d. Initials of the communicator transmitting or receiving the message.
-TSC-1, TSC-2, etc., EOF Communicators  
: e. The time the message occurred.
-EOF-1, EOF-2, etc.9 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.1.6 Notification Message Form (NMF) Completion Requirements NOTE If a change in emergency classification or change in protective action recommendations occurs, then the Short Message Form (Attachment 7.6) may be used. to ensure that the notification to offsite agencies is made within the 15 minute time requirement.
7
When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.5.1.6.1 Provide information, as required, for each line of the NMF (Attachment 7.3) every time a new NMF is generated.
 
Use of the term "unchanged" is not_ appropriate.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.1 .3         Use of Communications Log 5.1.3.1     All incoming and outgoing messages other than those documented on a Notification Message Form, Short Message Form or Attachment 7.9 should be documented on a Communications Log (Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50).
5.1 .6.1 .1 The information that has not changed should be repeated on the new form with the exception of Line 6 where a restatement of conditions is no__t required.5.1.6.1 .2 Provide an update to plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency on the new Line 6.5.1.6.2 If information for an Item is not known at the time of the notification (dose rates are being calculated, waiting for air sample to be counted, leak rate being calculated, etc.), then a notation should be made, in the appropriate blank(s), to indicate the status of the information.
5.1.3.2     The message recorded on the Communications Log includes the following:
: a. Message Number
: b. Agency or facility transmitting the message
: c. Agency or facility receiving the message
: d. Time message sent or received
: e. Call back number (usually Communicator's PABX number) used for messages being transmitted off site.
: f. OHL code number for messages being transmitted to Operational Hotline Member(s).
: g. The name of the individual receiving or sending the message.
5.1.3.3   The Emergency Director shall approve all messages to non-Entergy agencies prior to transmittal offsite, except for information provided to the NRC in response to a question.
: a. Only responses to NRC questions on command decision-making activities which are in progress and no_.t finalized require prior approval.
8
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmunications                                                                Revision 313 5.1.4     Verification Calls 5.1.4.1       Initial contact with the Operational Hotline members or the NRC, which are made or received over PABX telephone lines may be verified by the receiver of the message.
5.1.4.2     When Waterford 3 is the message transmitter, then the receiver of the message may at their discretion call back and verify the validity of the message on the pre-established verification call back numbers provided to the agencies.
5.1.4.3     Phone calls of a questionable nature received by Waterford 3 SES should be verified with the calling agency using the numbers listed in the Emergency Management Resources Book.
5.1.4.4     Verification calls are logged in accordance with EP-002-1 50 or on Attachment 7.4.
5.1.5       Message Numbering System NOTE Replies to messages received and documented on a Communications Log do not require the assignment of an individual message number. The reply is recorded on the bottom section of the Communications Log and transmitted using the original message number.
5.1.5.1     All messages transmitted or received should be assigned a unique number to allow for in-house management and documentation of each message.
5.1.5.2     All Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms are numbered "F-i", "F-2", "F-3",
etc., in increasing sequential order.
5.1.5.3     All other messages generated or received by communicators are identified by use of an alpha designator and numbered in increasing sequential order as indicated below:
: a. Control Room Communicators - C-i, C-2, etc.,
: b. TSC Communicators - TSC-1, TSC-2, etc.,
C. EOF Communicators - EOF-1, EOF-2, etc.
9
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                                 EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                      Revision 313 5.1.6       Notification Message Form (NMF) Completion Requirements NOTE If a change in emergency classification or change in protective action recommendations occurs, then the Short Message Form (Attachment 7.6) may be used. to ensure that the notification to offsite agencies is made within the 15 minute time requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.
5.1.6.1         Provide information, as required, for each line of the NMF (Attachment 7.3) every time a new NMF is generated. Use of the term "unchanged" is not_appropriate.
5.1 .6.1 .1     The information that has not changed should be repeated on the new form with the exception of Line 6 where a restatement of conditions is no__t required.
5.1.6.1 .2       Provide an update to plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency on the new Line 6.
5.1.6.2         If information for an Item is not known at the time of the notification (dose rates are being calculated, waiting for air sample to be counted, leak rate being calculated, etc.), then a notation should be made, in the appropriate blank(s), to indicate the status of the information.
: a. The terms "Not Applicable" or "Unknown" may be used where appropriate.
: a. The terms "Not Applicable" or "Unknown" may be used where appropriate.
: b. Use the 24-hour clock.c. "Layman's" terms should be used as much as possible and acronyms should be avoided unless they are included in the Initiating Conditions.
: b. Use the 24-hour clock.
: d. If scientific notation is Utilized, then it should be entered in accordance with the following example: 5.6 E-5 or 5.6 E+5 10  
: c.   "Layman's" terms should be used as much as possible and acronyms should be avoided unless they are included in the Initiating Conditions.
.Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7 Notification Message Form Completion Guidelines (Refer to Attachment 7.2 for an example)5.1.7.1 Line 1 : Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.5.1.7.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 2B, and 2C.a. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.5.1.7.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
: d. If scientific notation is Utilized, then it should be entered in accordance with the following example:
5.1.7.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
5.6 E-5 or 5.6 E+5 10
5.1.7.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, B2, C2, etc.) on Line SB, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.c. If all Protective Response Areas that are not evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.11 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.6 Line 6: Enter the following:
 
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency.
.Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.1.7       Notification Message Form Completion Guidelines (Refer to Attachment 7.2 for an example) 5.1.7.1     Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.
Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
5.1.7.2     Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 2B, and 2C.
: c. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford 1 &2, which are different than the PARs for the State and Parishes, may be entered in this Section.d. Enter additional information as deemed appropriate (Example:
: a. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
Exclusion Area Boundary controls are requested, evacuation of Waterford 3 non-essential personnel is implemented  
: b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
-including which offsite assembly area is used, etc.).e. When updating agencies, then consider restating the IC number used to classify the emergency and provide an update of plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency.
: c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.
: f. Emergency Action Level (EAL)12 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.7 Line 7: Check the appropriate  
5.1.7.3     Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
'Yes" or "No" block.a. If the Reactor is Shutdown, then check the "Yes" block and enter the time and date of the shutdown in "Time/Date" blanks.NOTE Use fifteen minute averaged data for the Primary Tower at 33 FT for meteorological information.
5.1.7.4       Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.
If site meteorological data is unavailable, then contact the National Weather Service.5.1.7.8 Provide the following information on Line 8: 1. The Control Room obtains meteorological information from the Plant Computer GD METDATA.2. The TSC and EOF obtains meteorological information using Satelite Display System (SOS)MARMOND 1.a. Line 8A: Enter the direction the wind is coming FROM and the wind speed in MPH.* The wind speed is normally displayed in meters/second.
: a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
* Multiply meters/second by 2.24 to convert to MPH.b. Line 8B: Enter the current Compass Sectors affected, or potentially affected.* The Compass Sectors affected are the sector into which the wind is blowing and the adjacent sectors on either side.* A matrix of affected compass sectors by wind direction is provided in EP-002-052.
5.1.7.5     Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.
: a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
: b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, B2, C2, etc.) on Line SB, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
: c. If all Protective Response Areas that are not evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.
11
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                   Revision 313 5.1.7.6   Line 6: Enter the following:
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
: b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
: c. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford 1&2, which are different than the PARs for the State and Parishes, may be entered in this Section.
: d. Enter additional information as deemed appropriate (Example: Exclusion Area Boundary controls are requested, evacuation of Waterford 3 non-essential personnel is implemented     -
including which offsite assembly area is used, etc.).
: e. When updating agencies, then consider restating the IC number used to classify the emergency and provide an update of plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency.
: f. Emergency Action Level (EAL) 12
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                 Revision 313 5.1.7.7       Line 7: Check the appropriate 'Yes" or "No" block.
: a. If the Reactor is Shutdown, then check the "Yes" block and enter the time and date of the shutdown in "Time/Date" blanks.
NOTE Use fifteen minute averaged data for the Primary Tower at 33 FT for meteorological information. If site meteorological data is unavailable, then contact the National Weather Service.
5.1.7.8       Provide the following information on Line 8:
: 1. The Control Room obtains meteorological information from the Plant Computer GD METDATA.
: 2. The TSC and EOF obtains meteorological information using Satelite Display System (SOS)
MARMOND 1.
: a. Line 8A: Enter the direction the wind is coming FROM and the wind speed in MPH.
* The wind speed is normally displayed in meters/second.
* Multiply meters/second by 2.24 to convert to MPH.
: b. Line 8B:   Enter the current Compass Sectors affected, or potentially affected.
* The Compass Sectors affected are the sector into which the wind is blowing and the adjacent sectors on either side.
* A matrix of affected compass sectors by wind direction is provided in EP-002-052.
: c. Line 8C: Enter the Stability Class for the meteorological conditions.
: c. Line 8C: Enter the Stability Class for the meteorological conditions.
* The Stability Class can be determined using the existing DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE and finding the Stability Class on the matrix provided in EP-002-050.
* The Stability Class can be determined using the existing DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE and finding the Stability Class on the matrix provided in EP-002-050.
* The Stability Class may also be obtained from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE.d. Line 80: Enter whether or not there is any precipitation at the present time and the type.13 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications
* The Stability Class may also be obtained from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE.
~If there was any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the Isteeayenvironment that was not bound by an Step 5.1.7.9 dtcaedicaeofriatveNO approved Release Permit, but that No Check box 9A, Evaluate for a mtratoteevrn ntccrn release has now stoosgped, then check No RELEASE_Release thti o on ya prvdbox 90, adpoed Releae Pemit 7 A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT (Note 1)STOPPED.(Note 1)Are limits listed below being exceeded?Ye Condenser Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 7.55 E+~4 ylCiisec fareseourdbttpe, -" PRM-IRE-0002 te ne h ees tr n stop times and the actual duration Go to step 5.1.7.10 Fuel Handling Exhaust PIG (gas) 8.05 8-3 yLCi icci or orln 5 PRM-IRE-5107 A oreB Fuel Handling Building Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 1.12 E4-5 pCi seec PRM-IRE-3032 Plant Slack PIG (gas) 1.72 E-3 pCi Ico PRM-IRE-0100.1 or 100.2 Yes If a release is occurring, then Plan Stck RGM effuen ratl 755 +4 the expected duration in Plan Stck IVRM (eflunt ate 7.5 Er't ~i sechours or "unknown" for tine PRM-IRE-01 10 9E.Main Steam Line INote oJ_2) Any alert or alarm PRM-IRE-5500 A oreB Dry, Coaling Tower Sump 4.24 5-4 .ImI Check box 9C, PR-R-75o 76A RELEASE is occurrino Enter the time at PR-R-78o 76ABOVE federally which the release approved limits and started for line 9E.Turbine Building Industrial Waste Sump 4.24 E-4 aLCi iml proceed. Note 1 PRM-1RE-6778 If the shift has entered OP-901-202, Steam Generator Tube Leakage or Nigh Activity, then a No release is occurring.
: d. Line 80: Enter whether or not there is any precipitation at the present time and the type.
The release must be evaluated to determine if it is above or below established limits. During a Steam Generator tube leak or tube rupture event, a release is considered Yes to be occurting until all faulted steam generators are isolated.
13
This includes steaming a faulted Steam Generator to the Main Condenser.
 
Note 2 Use the Main Steam Line monitor gp) when the Condenser Exhaust Vli1GM is not available or its No reading is invalid (no flow).Check box 9B,lA RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved limits and proceed.14 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-0100 Revision 313 5.1 .7.10 Line 10: Provide the following information:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications
: a. Line 10OA, 10OB and 10OC: Check all appropriate blocks pertaining to the type of material being released.5.1.7.11 Line 11" Enter the applicable Noble Gas and Iodine release rate in Ci/sec. This information (and the information for line 12) may not be calculated for releases designated as below federally approved operating limits.5.1.7.12 Line 12: Provide the following information:
                                        ~If                                                               there was any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the Isteeayenvironment                                               that was not bound by an Step 5.1.7.9                         dtcaedicaeofriatveNO                                             approved Release Permit, but that                       No                       Check box 9A, Evaluate for a                       mtratoteevrn               ntccrn                               release has now stoosgped,   then check                                           No RELEASE_
Release                            thti     o on       ya prvdbox                                                     90,                                                           adpoed 7
Releae         Pemit                     A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT (Note                 1)STOPPED.
(Note 1)
Are AN*Ylimits listed below being exceeded?Ye Condenser Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate)                       7.55 E+~4ylCiisec                                                          fareseourdbttpe,                                                           -"
PRM-IRE-0002                                                                                                                               te   ne h ees           tr   n stop times and the actual duration                                           Go to step 5.1.7.10 Fuel Handling Exhaust PIG (gas)                               8.05 8-3 yLCiicci                                                                      or   orln   5 PRM-IRE-5107 A oreB Fuel Handling Building Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate)           1.12 E4-5 pCi seec PRM-IRE-3032 Plant Slack PIG (gas)                                         1.72 E-3 pCi Ico PRM-IRE-0100.1 or 100.2                                                                               Yes If a release is occurring, then Plan     755 Stck
                                                                            +4 **Cisecenter RGM     effuen             ratl                                                                                                     the expected duration in PRM-IRE-01 10 Plan     7.5 Er't Stck ~i   sechours IVRM        (eflunt                ate                                                                                                  or "unknown" for tine 9E.
Main Steam Line INote oJ_2)                                     Any alert or alarm PRM-IRE-5500 A oreB Dry, Coaling Tower Sump                                       4.24 5-4 *Ci .ImI                                         Check box 9C, PR-R-75o 76A                                                                           RELEASE is occurrino                         Enter the time at PR-R-78o 76ABOVE                                                                                 federally                       which the release approved limits and                         started for line 9E.
Turbine Building Industrial Waste Sump                       4.24 E-4 aLCiiml                                              proceed.                                                                                   Note 1 PRM-1RE-6778                                                                                                                                                                                     If the shift has entered OP-901-202, Steam Generator Tube Leakage or Nigh Activity, then a No                                                                                                                     release is occurring. The release must be evaluated to determine if it is above or below established limits. During a Steam Generator tube leak or tube rupture event, a release is considered Yes                                                                           to be occurting until all faulted steam generators are isolated. This includes steaming a faulted Steam Generator to the Main Condenser.
Note 2 Use the Main Steam Line monitor gp) when the Condenser Exhaust Vli1GM is not available or its No                                                                                                                           reading is invalid (no flow).
Check box 9B,l A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved limits and proceed.
14
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-0100 Notifications and Communications                                                                Revision 313 5.1 .7.10   Line 10: Provide the following information:
: a. Line 10OA, 10OB and 10OC: Check all appropriate blocks pertaining to the type of material being released.
5.1.7.11   Line 11" Enter the applicable Noble Gas and Iodine release rate in Ci/sec. This information (and the information for line 12) may not be calculated for releases designated as below federally approved operating limits.
5.1.7.12   Line 12: Provide the following information:
: a. Line 12A: Enter number of hours used to calculate Dose Projections (exposure duration).
: a. Line 12A: Enter number of hours used to calculate Dose Projections (exposure duration).
* If the exposure duration is not known, the..n a default value of 2 hours is used for Waterford 3.* Indicate whether the offsite doses are based on Field Data, Plant Data or Default (FSAR)data by checking the appropriate block.b. Lines 12B and 1 2C: Enter the TEDE and CDE Thyroid Dose Commitments from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE for the appropriate distance (Site Boundary is interpreted as the EAB for Waterford 3).* Ensure the correct value is entered on the form. The unit is in mRem, no._t mRem/hr.5.1.7.13 Line 13: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.15 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-O1 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .8 Short Message Form Completion Guidelines 5.1.8.1 Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.5.1.8.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 26, and 2C.b. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.5.1.8.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
* If the exposure duration is not known, the..n a default value of 2 hours is used for Waterford 3.
5.1.8.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
* Indicate whether the offsite doses are based on Field Data, Plant Data or Default (FSAR) data by checking the appropriate block.
5.1.8.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, 62, C2, etc.) on Line 5B, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.c. If all Protective Response Areas that are no__t evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.16 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.8.6 Line 6: Enter the following:
: b. Lines 12B and 12C: Enter the TEDE and CDE Thyroid Dose Commitments from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE for the appropriate distance (Site Boundary is interpreted as the EAB for Waterford 3).
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency.
* Ensure the correct value is entered on the form. The unit is in mRem, no._t mRem/hr.
Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
5.1.7.13   Line 13: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.
: c. Emergency Action Level (EAL)d. Exclusion Area Boundary Controls e. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford I1&2 if different than the PARs for the State and Parishes.f. If applicable, irnplemantion of evacuation for Waterford 3 non-essential personnel  
15
-including which offsite assembly area is used.5.1.8.7 Evaluate for a Release by using the flow chart in step 5.1.7.9.5.1.8.8 Line 8: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.5.2 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations 5.2.1 Notification Requirements 5.2.1.1 Notify the Operational Hotline (OHL) Members by transmitting the NMF by fax machine as soon as possible, but within 15 minutes of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
 
5.2.1.2 Notify St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish of a site evacuation and which assembly area is utilized, as appropriate, AND 5.2.1.3 Notify St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, U.S. Coast Guard and Union Pacific Railroad to establish Exclusion Area Boundary controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or Site Evacuation.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-O1 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                 Revision 313 5.1 .8       Short Message Form Completion Guidelines 5.1.8.1     Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.
17 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.1.4 Notify St. Charles Parish when the U.S. Coast Guard and the Union Pacific Railroad are notified.5.2.1.5 The NRC shall be notified immediately after the OHL Members, but not later than one hour of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
5.1.8.2     Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 26, and 2C.
NOT_.EE The Protective Action Recommendations for Waterford 1 &2 will not always be the same as those listed for the Parish and State Agencies.5.2.1.6 Notify Waterford 1 &2 of the following site Protective Action Recommendations:
: b. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
: a. Alert -The same recommendation as those taken to protect the Waterford 3 personnel.
: b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
: b. Site Area Emergency  
: c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.
-Recommend evacuation of non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.c. General Emergency  
5.1.8.3     Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
-Recommend evacuation of essential and non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.18 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Cornmmunications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.2.2 Notification Preparation NOTE 1. The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form or Short Message Form (as applicable).
5.1.8.4     Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.
The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.2. The Short Message Form may be used to ensure that the notification information is provided to the offsite agencies within the 15 minute requirement.
: a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.5.2.2.1 The Communicator should obtain the completed approved Notification Message Form (NMF), Attachment 7.3, or Short Message Form (SMF), Attachment 7.6, and review it for accuracy and legibility rrior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.
5.1.8.5     Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.
The Communicator should also check for the applicable requirements in sections 5.2.1.1 through 5.2.1.6.5.2.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.19 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.2.3 Transmitting Notifications to OHL Members using the NMF or SMF NOTE.1. LDEQ is not. manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This request should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.2, The St. John the BaPtist Parish Emergency Operations Center is not manned 24 hours a day.During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center answers the OHL.5.2.3.1 Transmit NMF (or SMF) via fax machine to OHL members a. Place the notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (or SMF) (time is the current time).b. Place the completed NMF (or SMF) on the fax machine and press the send button 5.2.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.5.2.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the 1st agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.b. If all OHL members have responded, the___nn respond by saying:* "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messacie number -F-I. F-2, etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__Dn please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form." 20 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then: a. After waiting a few seconds -Do not wait longer that a few seconds b. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time c. Dial the all call OHL Code number and perform 5.2.3.3 5.2.3.5 If any OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.5.2.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, then contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).NOTE If use of backup methods for offsite notifications is required, the additional communications assistance may be called out to assist in completion of offsite notifications.
: a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
5.2.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Management Resources Book, then contact the OHL member(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF (or SMF) via fax.5.2.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, then contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF) and complete Attachment 7.4.5.2.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify receipt of the NMF (or SME) via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.5.2.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and ,slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).21 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications 5.2.4 Transmitting notifications to the NRC EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 NOTE 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC. At such time, communicators will go to Step 5.2.5.2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC will require continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the.NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.3. In response to an NRC question, information will be provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
: b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, 62, C2, etc.) on Line 5B, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
5.2.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of a Notification Message Form, Attachment 7.3 of this procedure.
: c. If all Protective Response Areas that are no__t evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.
5.2.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
16
5.2.4.3 When the NRC responds, then record the time on Attachment 7.4.NOTE The NRC does not have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should not be read.5.2.4.4 Read information from the form SLOWLY.5.2.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.22 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.5 Transmitting Secondary Notifications (Establish EAB Controls)5.2.5.1 The Secondary Notifications should be made using Attachment 7.3 and Attachment 7.9 of this procedure.
 
NOTE.The notification for St. Charles Parish and St. John Parish to establish EAB controls and to inform them of which assembly area will be utilized at a site evacuation should be included, on the NMF or SMF transmittal informing them of the emergency declaration.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                               EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                     Revision 313 5.1.8.6     Line 6: Enter the following:
5.2.5.2 The following agencies should be notified to establish EAB controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or if a Site Evacuation has been implemented:
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
: a. St. Charles Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6), b. St. John the Baptist Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6), c. U.S. Coast Guard (use Attachment 7.9), and d. Union Pacific Railroad (use Attachment 7.9).5.2.5.3 Refer to the Emergency Management Resources Book for telephone numbers.5.2.5.4 St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish should be informed of site evacuation activities and informed of the selected offsite assembly area, whenever a site evacuation is implemented.
: b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
5.2.5.5 Other agencies may be notified as deemed appropriate by the Emergency Director.5.2.5.6 Update Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log, upon notification of each agency.23 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.3 Subsequent Notifications NOTE In accordance with agreements, 60 minute updates to Operational Hotiine Members are automatically relaxed during severe weather events. If a change in emergency classification or change in Protective Action Recommendations has occurred, then notifications should be made in accordance with Section 5.2 of this procedure.
: c. Emergency Action Level (EAL)
5.3.1 Subsequent Notification Guidelines 5.3.1.1 The OHL Members should be updated approximately every 60 minutes using an approved NMF. The SMF should no_.t be used for these 60 minute updates.5.3.1.2 The OHL Members may elect to establish a less restrictive time requirement for updates at the Unusual Event or Alert emergency classification if conditions warrant. The relaxed time requirement must be mutually agreed upon by St. Charles EOC, St. John EOC, LDEQ and GOHSEP, a Waterford 1 &2 does not provide input on relaxed time requirements.
: d. Exclusion Area Boundary Controls
24 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications 5,3.2 Subsequent Notification Preparation EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 N OTE.The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form. The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.5.3.2.1 The Communicator obtains the completed approved Notification Message Form (NM F), Attachment 7.3 and reviews it for accuracy and legibility prior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.5.3.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.25 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.3.3 Transmitting Subsequent Notifications to OHL members using the NMF.NOTE 1.LDEQ is no__t manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.2. The St. John the Baptist Parish Emergency Operations Center is nott manned 24 hours a day.During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center will answer the OHL.5.3.3.1 Transmit NMF via fax machine to OHL members.a.b.Place notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (time is the current time).Place the completed NMF on the fax machine and press the send button.5.3.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.5.3.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the Ilt agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.b. If all OHL members have responded, the__n respond by saying: "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messagqe number -F-l. F-2. etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__n please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form." 26 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then: a. After waiting a few seconds -Do not wait longer than a few seconds c. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time d. Dial the all call OHL Code Number and perform 5.3.3.3 5.3.3.5 If an OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.5.3.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, th_.n contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL an slowly read the information on the NMF.5.3.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Manageinent Resources Book, then contact the OHL members(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF via fax and complete Attachment 7.4.5.3.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, the~n contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.5.3.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify Receipt of the NMF via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.5.3.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.27 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 NOTE 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC, 2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC requires continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.3. In response to an NRC question, information is provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
: e. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford I1&2 if different than the PARs for the State and Parishes.
5.3.4 The NRC should be updated regarding significant worsening conditions of the plant as requested.
: f. If applicable, irnplemantion of evacuation for Waterford 3 non-essential personnel     - including which offsite assembly area is used.
Subsequent Notifications to the NRC will be made as follows: 5.3.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of Attachment 7.3.5.3.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for the NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
5.1.8.7     Evaluate for a Release by using the flow chart in step 5.1.7.9.
NOTE The NRC does no._t have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should no._t be read.5.3.4.3 When the NRC responds, the._nn record the time on Attachment 7.4.5.3.4.4 Read the information from the form SLOWLY.5.3.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.28 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance NOTE Limit the information transmitted offsite to only that on the approved Communications Form.Questions or requests for additional information should be documented on Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50 and referred to the appropriate emergency organization group for response.5.4.1 Medical: Request for offsite transportation or treatment:
5.1.8.8       Line 8: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.
Use UNT-007.-018.
5.2       Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations 5.2.1     Notification Requirements 5.2.1.1       Notify the Operational Hotline (OHL) Members by transmitting the NMF by fax machine as soon as possible, but within 15 minutes of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
5.4.1.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.5.4.2 Fire: Use FP-001-020.
5.2.1.2       Notify St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish of a site evacuation and which assembly area is utilized, as appropriate, AND 5.2.1.3       Notify St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, U.S. Coast Guard and Union Pacific Railroad to establish Exclusion Area Boundary controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or Site Evacuation.
5.4.2.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.5.4.3 Other: Requests for offsite assistance from other agencies should be made as directed by the Emergency Director.29 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS 6.1 The emergency situation has been terminated.
17
6.2 Forwarding of the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC has been canceled.
 
Refer to Attachment 7.1 for guidance.6.3 Documentation reviewed to ensure signatures, dates, times and other appropriate information is complete and legible and provided to the appropriate facility manager.6.4 All documentation generated should be collected and forwarded to Emergency Planning.6.5 All organizations and agencies communicated with during the course of the event have been notified of the event termination.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.2.1.4       Notify St. Charles Parish when the U.S. Coast Guard and the Union Pacific Railroad are notified.
30 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical)7.4. Offsite Communications Log (Typical)7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)7.6 Short Message Form (Typical)7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical)7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical)8.0 RECORDS 8.1 The following records are generated as a result of this procedure.
5.2.1.5       The NRC shall be notified immediately after the OHL Members, but not later than one hour of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
* Attachment 7.1, Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)* Attachment 7.3, Notification Message Form (Typical)* Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log (Typical)* Attachment 7.6, Short Message Form (Typical)* Attachment 7.9, Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical)31 TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)1. The Emergency Communicator should provide the following documentation:
NOT_.EE The Protective Action Recommendations for Waterford 1&2 will not always be the same as those listed for the Parish and State Agencies.
El a. Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms O] b. Communications Logs transmitted or received O] c. Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log O] d. Copy of the Emergency Communicator narrative Facility Log 2. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the ENS Communicator:
5.2.1.6       Notify Waterford 1&2 of the following site Protective Action Recommendations:
O] a. Emergency Classification___________________
: a. Alert - The same recommendation as those taken to protect the Waterford 3 personnel.
o] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
: b. Site Area Emergency     - Recommend evacuation of non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.
O] c. Primary communications circuits in use: El ENS Line El e. Alternate communications circuits in use: El Industrial Hotline El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):____________________________
: c. General Emergency     - Recommend evacuation of essential and non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.
O] f. Other Offsite agencies notified:___________________________
18
El g. Communications problems experienced:______________________
 
EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (1 of 3)32 TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)3. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the EOF Offsite Communicator:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmmunications                                                                Revision 313 5.2.2       Notification Preparation NOTE
El a. Emergency Classification:
: 1. The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form or Short Message Form (as applicable). The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.
_________________
: 2. The Short Message Form may be used to ensure that the notification information is provided to the offsite agencies within the 15 minute requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.
O] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
5.2.2.1     The Communicator should obtain the completed approved Notification Message Form (NMF),
El c. Time next Notification Message Form is due to be transmitted:___________
Attachment 7.3, or Short Message Form (SMF), Attachment 7.6, and review it for accuracy and legibility rrior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies. The Communicator should also check for the applicable requirements in sections 5.2.1.1 through 5.2.1.6.
O] d. Primary communications circuits in use: El Operational Hotline El e. Alternate communications circuits in use: El Industrial Hotline.El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):___________________________
5.2.2.2     If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.
El f. Other Offsite agencies notified:
19
_________________________
 
[] g. Communication problems experienced:______________________
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                               EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                  Revision 313 5.2.3       Transmitting Notifications to OHL Members using the NMF or SMF NOTE.
EP-002-O1 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (2 of 3)33 TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)4. Forward the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC (2500 extension).
: 1. LDEQ is not. manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This request should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.
This action should only be completed if the TSC is activated from the primary location.
2,   The St. John the BaPtist Parish Emergency Operations Center is not manned 24 hours a day.
Proceed as follows: a. With receiver in cradle, press the CFwdALL button. After two beeps sound, enter 2500. Once the number is entered the phone will automatically return to the display window. The display window will read FORWARD TO 2500.b. To cancel the Forward function, press the CFwdALL button once. It will return the phone to the display window and it will no longer read FORWARD TO 2500.Emergency Communicator Date/Time EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (3 of 3)34 NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)1. THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-Next Sequnentlal Number (OHL CODE NO.) Communicator 0HL #2. A. Notification Time/ Current Date B. COMM: Communicator Name C. TEL NO. Communicator PABX #(TIM E/DATE) (NAM E)3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center answers the OHL.
A. 0] NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. 0] GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASS IFICATION DECLARATION/TERMI NATI ON Time/Date:
5.2.3.1   Transmit NMF (or SMF) via fax machine to OHL members
Time of Declaration.
: a. Place the notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (or SMF) (time is the current time).
Declass..
: b. Place the completed NMF (or SMF) on the fax machine and press the send button 5.2.3.2   Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.
Terminationi Date 5.RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).B. 0] EVACUATE Provide Specific Protective Response Areas 5] MONITOR AND PREPARE Enter "Monitor and Prepare All Remaining Protective Response Areas" or Provide Specific Protective Response Areas El SHELTER Provide So~ecific Protective Response Areas 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
5.2.3.3   As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".
Provide Emergency Classification Initiatingq Condition (IC) #
: a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the 1st agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
: b. If all OHL members have responded, the___nn respond by saying:* "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messacie number       - F-I. F-2, etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__Dn please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."
20
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                                 EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                     Revision 313 5.2.3.4       If all OHL members have not responded, then:
: a.       After waiting a few seconds   - Do not wait longer that a few seconds
: b.       Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
: c.       Dial the all call OHL Code number and perform 5.2.3.3 5.2.3.5     If any OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.
5.2.3.6     If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, then contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).
NOTE If use of backup methods for offsite notifications is required, the additional communications assistance may be called out to assist in completion of offsite notifications.
5.2.3.7     If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Management Resources Book, then contact the OHL member(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF (or SMF) via fax.
5.2.3.8     If the fax and the OHL are not working, then contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF) and complete Attachment 7.4.
5.2.3.9     If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify receipt of the NMF (or SME) via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.
5.2.3.10     If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and ,slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).
21
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                   Revision 313 5.2.4   Transmitting notifications to the NRC NOTE
: 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC. At such time, communicators will go to Step 5.2.5.
: 2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC will require continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the.
NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.
: 3. In response to an NRC question, information will be provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
5.2.4.1       Obtain the latest approved copy of a Notification Message Form, Attachment 7.3 of this procedure.
5.2.4.2       Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
5.2.4.3       When the NRC responds, then record the time on Attachment 7.4.
NOTE The NRC does not have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should not be read.
5.2.4.4     Read information from the form SLOWLY.
5.2.4.5     After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.
22
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 5.2.5     Transmitting Secondary Notifications (Establish EAB Controls) 5.2.5.1     The Secondary Notifications should be made using Attachment 7.3 and Attachment 7.9 of this procedure.
NOTE.
The notification for St. Charles Parish and St. John Parish to establish EAB controls and to inform them of which assembly area will be utilized at a site evacuation should be included, on the NMF or SMF transmittal informing them of the emergency declaration.
5.2.5.2     The following agencies should be notified to establish EAB controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or if a Site Evacuation has been implemented:
: a. St. Charles Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
: b. St. John the Baptist Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
: c. U.S. Coast Guard (use Attachment 7.9), and
: d. Union Pacific Railroad (use Attachment 7.9).
5.2.5.3     Refer to the Emergency Management Resources Book for telephone numbers.
5.2.5.4     St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish should be informed of site evacuation activities and informed of the selected offsite assembly area, whenever a site evacuation is implemented.
5.2.5.5     Other agencies may be notified as deemed appropriate by the Emergency Director.
5.2.5.6     Update Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log, upon notification of each agency.
23
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 5.3       Subsequent Notifications NOTE In accordance with agreements, 60 minute updates to Operational Hotiine Members are automatically relaxed during severe weather events. If a change in emergency classification or change in Protective Action Recommendations has occurred, then notifications should be made in accordance with Section 5.2 of this procedure.
5.3.1     Subsequent Notification Guidelines 5.3.1.1     The OHL Members should be updated approximately every 60 minutes using an approved NMF. The SMF should no_.t be used for these 60 minute updates.
5.3.1.2     The OHL Members may elect to establish a less restrictive time requirement for updates at the Unusual Event or Alert emergency classification if conditions warrant. The relaxed time requirement must be mutually agreed upon by St. Charles EOC, St. John EOC, LDEQ and GOHSEP, a   Waterford 1&2 does not provide input on relaxed time requirements.
24
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                 Revision 313 5,3.2     Subsequent Notification Preparation N OTE.
The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form. The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.
5.3.2.1     The Communicator obtains the completed approved Notification Message Form (NM F),
Attachment 7.3 and reviews it for accuracy and legibility prior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.
5.3.2.2     If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.
25
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                               EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                    Revision 313 5.3.3     Transmitting Subsequent Notifications to OHL members using the NMF.
NOTE 1.LDEQ is no__t manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.
: 2. The St. John the Baptist Parish Emergency Operations Center is nott manned 24 hours a day.
During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center will answer the OHL.
5.3.3.1       Transmit NMF via fax machine to OHL members.
: a. Place notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (time is the current time).
: b. Place the completed NMF on the fax machine and press the send button.
5.3.3.2     Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.
5.3.3.3     As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".
: a.       If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the Ilt agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
: b.       If all OHL members have responded, the__n respond by saying: "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messagqe number       - F-l. F-2. etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__n please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."
26
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.3.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then:
: a. After waiting a few seconds - Do not wait longer than a few seconds
: c. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
: d. Dial the all call OHL Code Number and perform 5.3.3.3 5.3.3.5   If an OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.
5.3.3.6   If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, th_.n contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL an slowly read the information on the NMF.
5.3.3.7   If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Manageinent Resources Book, then contact the OHL members(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF via fax and complete Attachment 7.4.
5.3.3.8   If the fax and the OHL are not working, the~n contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.
5.3.3.9   If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify Receipt of the NMF via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.
5.3.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.
27
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                  Revision 313 NOTE
: 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC,
: 2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC requires continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.
: 3. In response to an NRC question, information is provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
5.3.4     The NRC should be updated regarding significant worsening conditions of the plant o* as requested.
Subsequent Notifications to the NRC will be made as follows:
5.3.4.1     Obtain the latest approved copy of Attachment 7.3.
5.3.4.2       Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for the NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
NOTE The NRC does no._t have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should no._t be read.
5.3.4.3     When the NRC responds, the._nn record the time on Attachment 7.4.
5.3.4.4       Read the information from the form SLOWLY.
5.3.4.5     After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.
28
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                       EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 5.4     Requests for Offsite Assistance NOTE Limit the information transmitted offsite to only that on the approved Communications Form.
Questions or requests for additional information should be documented on Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50 and referred to the appropriate emergency organization group for response.
 
====5.4.1 Medical====
Request for offsite transportation or treatment: Use UNT-007.-018.
5.4.1.1     Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.
5.4.2     Fire: Use FP-001-020.
5.4.2.1     Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.
 
====5.4.3 Other====
Requests for offsite assistance from other agencies should be made as directed by the Emergency Director.
29
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                     EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                           Revision 313 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS 6.1     The emergency situation has been terminated.
6.2     Forwarding of the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC has been canceled. Refer to Attachment 7.1 for guidance.
6.3     Documentation reviewed to ensure signatures, dates, times and other appropriate information is complete and legible and provided to the appropriate facility manager.
6.4     All documentation generated should be collected and forwarded to Emergency Planning.
6.5     All organizations and agencies communicated with during the course of the event have been notified of the event termination.
30
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1     Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical) 7.2     Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example) 7.3     Notification Message Form (Typical) 7.4. Offsite Communications Log (Typical) 7.5     Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example) 7.6     Short Message Form (Typical) 7.7     Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical) 7.8     Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical) 7.9     Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS 8.1     The following records are generated as a result of this procedure.
* Attachment 7.1, Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)
* Attachment 7.3, Notification Message Form (Typical)
* Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log (Typical)
* Attachment 7.6, Short Message Form (Typical)
* Attachment 7.9, Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 31
 
TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)
: 1. The Emergency Communicator should provide the following documentation:
El   a. Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms O]   b. Communications Logs transmitted or received O]   c. Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log O]   d. Copy of the Emergency Communicator narrative Facility Log
: 2. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the ENS Communicator:
O]   a. Emergency Classification___________________
o]   b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
O]   c. Primary communications circuits in use:
El ENS Line El   e. Alternate communications circuits in use:
El Industrial Hotline El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):____________________________
O]   f. Other Offsite agencies notified:___________________________
El   g. Communications problems experienced:______________________
EP-002-01O Revision 313                                                           Attachment 7.1 (1 of 3) 32
 
TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)
: 3. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the EOF Offsite Communicator:
El   a. Emergency Classification: _________________
O]   b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
El   c. Time next Notification Message Form is due to be transmitted:___________
O]   d. Primary communications circuits in use:
El Operational Hotline El   e. Alternate communications circuits in use:
El Industrial Hotline.
El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):___________________________
El   f. Other Offsite agencies notified: _________________________
[]   g. Communication problems experienced:______________________
EP-002-O1 0 Revision 313                                                         Attachment 7.1 (2 of 3) 33
 
TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)
: 4. Forward the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC (2500 extension). This action should only be completed if the TSC is activated from the primary location. Proceed as follows:
: a. With receiver in cradle, press the CFwdALL button. After two beeps sound, enter 2500. Once the number is entered the phone will automatically return to the display window. The display window will read FORWARD TO 2500.
: b. To cancel the Forward function, press the CFwdALL button once. It will return the phone to the display window and it will no longer read FORWARD TO 2500.
Emergency Communicator                                           Date/Time EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.1 (3 of 3) 34
 
NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)
: 1. THIS IS       WATERFORD 3                                                                         WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-Next Sequnentlal Number (OHL CODE NO.)   Communicator 0HL #
: 2. A. Notification Time/ Current Date                                           B. COMM:         Communicator Name             C. TEL NO. Communicator PABX #
(TIM E/DATE)                                                                           (NAM E)
: 3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
A. 0] NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT                                   C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY                       E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT                                                         D. 0] GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASS IFICATION DECLARATION/TERMI NATI ON Time/Date: Time of Declaration. Declass..                                           Terminationi Date 5.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).
B. 0] EVACUATE                         Provide Specific Protective Response Areas 5] MONITOR AND PREPARE Enter "Monitor and Prepare All Remaining Protective Response Areas" or Provide Specific Protective Response Areas El SHELTER       Provide So~ecific Protective Response Areas
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS: Provide Emergency Classification Initiatingq Condition (IC)#
* Brief descriotion of the reason for classification, declassification or termination
* Brief descriotion of the reason for classification, declassification or termination
* Exclusion Area Boundary controls
* Exclusion Area Boundary controls
* Waterford I & 2 PAR
* Waterford I & 2 PAR
* Site Evacuation
* Site Evacuation
* Which Assembly Area.7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date:
* Which Assembly Area.
Time of Reactor Shutdown/
: 7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO                             El YES         Time/Date:     Time of Reactor Shutdown/ Date of Reactor Shutdown
Date of Reactor Shutdown 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: A. Wind Direction FROM Direction Wind is Coming From Degrees at Wind Speed MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R): Enter the 3 Affected Compass Sectors C. Stability Class (A-G): Enter Stability Class Letter D. Precipitation:
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_________
A. Wind Direction FROM Direction Wind is Coming From Degrees at Wind Speed MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):                   Enter the 3Affected Compass Sectors C. Stability Class (A-G):                   Enter Stability Class Letter D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_________
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
A. 0] No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at Enter Time Release Started (time) Release stopped at Enter Time Release Stooped (time)Release duration Enter Length of Time of Release hrs. (actual or expected)10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. El Radioactive Gases B. 0] Radioactive Airbomne Particulates C. 0] Radioactive Liquids 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES _________Ci/s B. IODINES _ ____________Ci/s
A. 0] No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)Site Boundary _____5 miles _____ Site Boundary _____5 miles _____2 miles _____ 10 miles _____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: _______________TITLE:______________
B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at Enter Time Release Started (time)                                 Release stopped at Enter Time Release Stooped (time)
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.2 (1 of 1)35 NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)1. TI-2. A.-IIS IS WATERFOF/ B. COMM: (TI ME/DATE)WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____(OHL CODE NO.)______
Release duration Enter Length of Time of Release hrs. (actual or expected)
C. TEL NO. ______(NAME)3.4.5.EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. El ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:I RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).B. El EVACUATE El MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________________
A. El Radioactive Gases                   B. 0] Radioactive Airbomne Particulates                       C. 0] Radioactive Liquids
El SHELTER 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:
: 11. RELEASE RATE:
: 7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date:  
A. NOBLE GASES           _________Ci/s                               B. IODINES     _     ____________Ci/s
/8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: A. Wind Direction FROM _____________Degrees at B. Sectors Affected (A-R):___________________
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:
C. Stability Class (A-G): D. Precipitation:
A. Projections for     _____hours               based on:         El Field Data         El Plant Data         El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)                                         C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)
El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other MPH 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
Site Boundary     _____5                 miles _____                       Site Boundary       _____5           miles _____
A. El No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at ________(time)
2 miles _____                         10 miles _____                       2 miles ______                   10 miles _____
Release stopped at _________(time)
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                     _______________TITLE:______________
Release duration __________hrs. (actual or expected)10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. 0] Radioactive Gases 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES __B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactive Liquids Ci/s B. IODINES Ci/s 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _ ____Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _____2 miles __ ___10 miles _ ____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITLE: EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.3 (1 of 1)36 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL)Date: Page of CLASSIFICATION I I MESSAGE NUMBER-r-r 1 1 OHL Members A L L C L A S S F C A T 0 N S R E a U R E 0 N 0 T F C A T 0 N S St. Charles EOC St. John EOC LDEQ GOHSEP Waterford 1& 2 US NIRC S E A A US Coast Guard E B O C R 0O_ _ _ __ _ _ _N H T Union Pacific R.R.I R G 0 H L E R ________________________
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                                           Attachment 7.2 (1 of 1) 35
__________
 
A S D__________
NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)
__________
: 1. TI- -IIS IS                                         WATERFOF                             WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____
E E M E 0 0 T H _________N E E R C E S S A R Y ____________
(OHL CODE NO.)______
__________
: 2. A.                  /                              B. COMM:                                                    C. TEL NO. ______
_________See Emergency Management Resources Book for agency phone numbers.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.4 (1 of 1)37 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)1.0 HEADING 1.1 Enter the DATE.NOTE Complete the "of ____" section of "Page_____of
(TI ME/DATE)                                                    (NAME)
____"at midnight or when the facility is deactivated.
: 3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
1.2 Enter the Page Number.2.0 OPERATIONS 2.1 Enter the current emergency classification.
A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT                             C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY                       E. El TERMINATED B. El ALERT                                                     D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY
NOTE All Notification Message Forms/Short Message Forms transmitted to Operational Hotline Members will be numbered "F-i," "F-2", "F-3", etc. in increasing sequential order.2.2 Message Number -Enter assigned message number.2.3 OHL Members -Enter initial and time for each logged message number if OHL agencies are contacted by "ALL CALL".2.4 Enter Initial and time in each respective OHL Member block if contacted individually for each logged message number.2.5 Enter Initial and time in the respective block for each agency contacted for each logged message number.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (1 of 3)38 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)2.6 For message received.2.6.1 Enter the current emergency classification 2.6.2 Enter the Message Number and "iN" (for incoming) in the MESSAGE NUMBER block.2.6.3 Enter initials and time in the respective block for the agency from which the message was received.2.7 Use the OTHER blocks.2.7.1 For an agency which you are frequently communicating with enter the name in the column with the listed agencies.
: 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:I
Then use the form as per 2.1 -2.6.2.7.2 For an agency which is infrequently communicated with, divide the block diagonally and place the agencies' name above the line and time and initials below the line.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (2 of 3)39 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)Date: 7-8-93 Page of CLASSIFICATION
: 5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
________ _A&i&i MESSAGE NUMBER IF-1 C-1 C-2 IN F-2 L .4.OHL Members 0917 A L L C L A S S F C A T 0 N S LDE 085 085 Taefr 0850 St. Charles EOC 2nPl?0850 St. John EOC~GJO~0857 LOEQ 1I~P 0850 GOHSEP 0850 Waterford 1&2 0915 US NRC S E 0907 A A US Coast Guard E B N H T Union Pacific RR.I R G O H L E R __________
A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).
0912 E E ER C See Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite for agency phone numbers.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (3 of 3)40 SHORT MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)1.THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____(OHL CODE NO.)______
B. El EVACUATE El MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________________
: 2. A. I B. COMM: ____ ________C.
El SHELTER
TEL NO.______(TI ME/DATE) (NAME)3, EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:i A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. 0] SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:  
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:
/RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: 5, A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).B. 0] EVACUATE O] MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________
: 7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO                             El YES   Time/Date:                         /
__________
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
El SHELTER 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE:
A.Wind Direction FROM             _____________Degrees                           at                               MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):___________________
C. Stability Class (A-G):
D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
A. El No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)
B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at ________(time)                               Release stopped at   _________(time)
Release duration     __________hrs.                 (actual or expected)
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A. 0] Radioactive Gases                 B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates             C. El Radioactive Liquids
: 11. RELEASE RATE:
A. NOBLE GASES          __
Ci/s     B. IODINES                                               Ci/s
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:
A. Projections for   _____hours               based on: El Field Data         El Plant Data             El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)                                 C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)
Site Boundary _ ____                 5 miles _ ____Site                 Boundary _ ____               5 miles _____
2 miles __     ___10                   miles _ ____               2 miles ______                     10 miles _____
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                                                                       TITLE:
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                                           Attachment 7.3 (1 of 1) 36
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL)
Date:                                                                 Page           of CLASSIFICATION MESSAGE NUMBER I             I
-r-r                                               1                 1 OHL Members A   R            St. Charles EOC L   E L   a U
C L     R              St. John EOC A   E S   0 S
F                       LDEQ C   N A   0 T    T 0
F                GOHSEP N
S   C A
T Waterford 1& 2 0
N S
US NIRC S   E A   A             US Coast Guard E   B O   C R   0O_                                                     _ _ __                           _ _ _
N H   T           Union Pacific R.R.
I   R G   0 H   L E
R ________________________                                           __________
A S
D__________                                                                           __________
E E
M E   0 0   T H                                             _________
N    E E   R C
E S
S A
R Y         ____________             __________     _________
See Emergency Management Resources Book for agency phone numbers.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.4 (1 of 1) 37
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 1.0 HEADING 1.1   Enter the DATE.
NOTE Complete the "of     ____"     section of "Page_____of ____"at midnight or when the facility is deactivated.
1.2   Enter the Page Number.
2.0 OPERATIONS 2.1   Enter the current emergency classification.
NOTE All Notification Message Forms/Short Message Forms transmitted to Operational Hotline Members will be numbered "F-i," "F-2", "F-3", etc. in increasing sequential order.
2.2   Message Number - Enter assigned message number.
2.3   OHL Members       - Enter initial and time for each logged message number if OHL agencies are contacted by "ALL CALL".
2.4   Enter Initial and time in each respective OHL Member block if contacted individually for each logged message number.
2.5   Enter Initial and time in the respective block for each agency contacted for each logged message number.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                               Attachment 7.5 (1 of 3) 38
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 2.6     For message received.
2.6.1         Enter the current emergency classification 2.6.2   Enter the Message Number and "iN" (for incoming) in the MESSAGE NUMBER block.
2.6.3   Enter initials and time in the respective block for the agency from which the message was received.
2.7     Use the OTHER blocks.
2.7.1   For an agency which you are frequently communicating with enter the name in the column with the listed agencies. Then use the form as per 2.1     - 2.6.
2.7.2   For an agency which is infrequently communicated with, divide the block diagonally and place the agencies' name above the line and time and initials below the line.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                                 Attachment 7.5 (2 of 3) 39
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)
Date:           7-8-93                                                 Page               of CLASSIFICATION                           ________     _A&i&i MESSAGE NUMBER                 IF-1                 C-1       C-2 IN                 F-2 L               .4.
0917 OHL Members 0850 A             St. Charles EOC L
L                                             2nPl?
C 0850 L               St. John EOC A
S                                             ~GJO~
S                     LDE 0857 F                     LOEQ 085 C                                             1I~P A
T 0                                   0850 085    GOHSEP N
Taefr S
0850 Waterford 1&2 0915 US NRC S   E                                                 0907 A   A         US Coast Guard E   B N
H   T       Union Pacific RR.
I   R G   O H   L E
R                                                                                   __________
0912 E
E ER C
See Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite for agency phone numbers.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.5 (3 of 3) 40
 
SHORT MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) 1.THIS IS                                     WATERFORD 3                                 WITH MESSAGE (OHL CODE    NUMBER   F-_____
NO.)______
: 2. A.                     I                         B.COMM:           ____         ________C.                         TEL NO.______
(TI ME/DATE)                                                 (NAME) 3,   EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:i A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT                           C. 0] SITE AREA EMERGENCY                       E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT                                                   D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:                                                           /
RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
5, A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).
B. 0] EVACUATE O] MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________                                                                     __________
El SHELTER
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE:
Initiating Conditions (IC) I Emergency Action Level (EAL) #:__________________________
Initiating Conditions (IC) I Emergency Action Level (EAL) #:__________________________
IC / EAL
IC / EAL
Line 207: Line 561:
== Description:==
== Description:==


Exclusion Area Boundary Controls o] NO controls required at this time El St Charles and St. John are requested to control road traffic.O] Railroad and Coast Guard will be notified to control river and rail traffic Waterford 1l& 2 Recommendations:
Exclusion Area Boundary Controls o] NO   controls required at this time El St Charles and St. John are requested to control road traffic.
O] No recommendations at this time O] Recommend evacuating all non-essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River El Recommend evacuating all non-essential and essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River Waterford 3 Actions: O] No actions at this time El Implementing evacuation of all non-essential personnel to: MONSANTO PARK I ST JOHN THE BAPTIST CATHOLIC CHURCH (circle one)COMMENTS: 7, RELEASE INFORMATION:
O] Railroad and Coast Guard will be notified to control river and rail traffic Waterford 1l&2 Recommendations:
A. 0] No RELEASE B. El A RELEASE is occurring 0] BELOW / El ABOVE federally approved operating limits Release started at ________(time)
O] No recommendations at this time O] Recommend evacuating all non-essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River El Recommend evacuating all non-essential and essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River Waterford 3 Actions:
Release duration -El expected _________hrs.
O] No actions at this time El Implementing evacuation of all non-essential personnel to:
or El unknown C. 0] A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED Release started at ________(time)
MONSANTO PARK I ST JOHN THE BAPTIST CATHOLIC CHURCH (circle one)
Release stopped at _________(time)
COMMENTS:
Release duration __________hrs.
7,   RELEASE INFORMATION:
: 8. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: __ ___________TITLE:
A. 0] No RELEASE B. El A RELEASE is occurring 0] BELOW / El ABOVE federally approved operating limits Release started at   ________(time)
EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.6 (1 of 1 )41
Release duration - El expected       _________hrs.                   or     El unknown C. 0] A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED Release started at   ________(time)                         Release stopped at     _________(time)
____________________________
Release duration   __________hrs.
ME-K(3 _NCY NOTIFICATION MATRIX (TYPICAL)S AGENCIES WHEN NOTIFICATION REQUIRED WHEN UPDATE REQUIRED COMMENTS ST. CHARLES Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a St. Charles Parish will also be requested to establish control of vehicular PARISH an emergency.
: 8. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                 __       ___________TITLE:                                         EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EP-002-01O Revision 313                                                                                         Attachment 7.6 (1 of 1) 41
change in emergency classification or Protective traffic in the EAB after a SAE, GE or a Site Evacuation.
 
60 minute R Action Recommendations.
____________________________                           ME-K(3     _NCY NOTIFICATION MATRIX (TYPICAL)
updates are relaxed for severe weather events.E o ST. JOHN Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a The St. John EOC is only manned during normal working hours. Off-uI THE BAPTIST an emergency.
S       AGENCIES             WHEN NOTIFICATION REQUIRED                           WHEN UPDATE REQUIRED                                                     COMMENTS ST. CHARLES               Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           St. Charles Parish will also be requested to establish control of vehicular PARISH                     an emergency.                               change in emergency classification or Protective     traffic in the EAB after a SAE, GE or a Site Evacuation. 60 minute R                                                                             Action Recommendations.                               updates are relaxed for severe weather events.
change in emergency classification or Protective hours notifications will be handled by the E-911 Center. 60 minute R PARISH Action Recommendations.
E o       ST. JOHN                   Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           The St. John EOC is only manned during normal working hours. Off-uI     THE BAPTIST                 an emergency.                             change in emergency classification or Protective     hours notifications will be handled by the E-911 Center. 60 minute R       PARISH                                                                 Action Recommendations.                             updates are relaxed for severe weather events.
updates are relaxed for severe weather events.E 0 GOHSEP Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe weather events.Nan emergency.
E 0       GOHSEP                     Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           60 minute updates are relaxed for severe weather events.
change in emergency classification or Protective o Action Recommendations.
Nan                         emergency.                             change in emergency classification or Protective o                                                                             Action Recommendations.
T LDEQ Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a LDEQ is only manned during normal working hours. GOHSEP should F an emergency.
T       LDEQ                       Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           LDEQ is only manned during normal working hours. GOHSEP should F                                 an emergency.                               change in emergency classification or Protective     be requested to notify LDEQ during off-hours. When LDEQ is at EOF Action Recommendations,                               notifications are not required. 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe c                                                                                                                                   weather events.
change in emergency classification or Protective be requested to notify LDEQ during off-hours.
c       WATERFORD 1 & 2           Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           PARs for Wil&2 are the same as for W3 personnel. 60 minute updates AT                                 an emergency.                               change in emergency classification or Protective     are relaxed for severe weather events.
When LDEQ is at EOF Action Recommendations, notifications are not required.
Action Recommendations.                             ______________________________
60 minute updates are relaxed for severe c weather events.c WATERFORD 1 & 2 Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a PARs for Wil&2 are the same as for W3 personnel.
o       NRC                       Immediately after the above agencies,       Upon change in emergency classification or as       ENS Communicator notifies NRC, when staffed. NRC may require ENS Ns                                 but not later than one hour of the         requested.                                           to be continuously manned. NRC can patch ENS into any PABX emergency declaration.                                                                           telephone, if requested.
60 minute updates AT an emergency.
c   U.S.                       After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to                                                             U.S. Coast Guard is contacted directly, but St. Charles Parish must be Eo     COAST                     establish control of river traffic within                                                       informed that they have been contacted.
change in emergency classification or Protective are relaxed for severe weather events.Action Recommendations.
A   T   GUARD                     the EAB._______________                                                                                                                           ________
______________________________
B    R   UNION PACIFIC             After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to                                                             Union Pacific Railroad is contacted directiy, but St. Charles Parish must 0   RAILROAD                   establish control of rail traffic within                                                         b nomdta           hyhv       encnatd
o NRC Immediately after the above agencies, Upon change in emergency classification or as ENS Communicator notifies NRC, when staffed. NRC may require ENS Ns but not later than one hour of the requested.
_______________the      EAB.
to be continuously manned. NRC can patch ENS into any PABX emergency declaration.
F       HAHNVILLE                 As necessary to provide lire fighting                                                           HVFD will be contacted through the St. Charles Parish 911 Center.
telephone, if requested.
R     V.F.D.                     assistance.
c U.S. After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to U.S. Coast Guard is contacted directly, but St. Charles Parish must be Eo COAST establish control of river traffic within informed that they have been contacted.
E OCHSNER                   As necessary to provide medical             Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological HOSPITAL                   assistance,                                 conditions should be provided as available._______________________________
A T GUARD the EAB._______________
M       OCHSNER                   As required to provide rapid                                                                     Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in E FLIGHT                     transportation of an injured person to                                                           determining the appropriate approach to the site.
________B R UNION PACIFIC After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to Union Pacific Railroad is contacted directiy, but St. Charles Parish must 0 RAILROAD establish control of rail traffic within b nomdta hyhv encnatd_______________the EAB.F HAHNVILLE As necessary to provide lire fighting HVFD will be contacted through the St. Charles Parish 911 Center.R V.F.D. assistance.
I     CARE                       the selected hospital.
E OCHSNER As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological HOSPITAL assistance, conditions should be provided as available._______________________________
c WEST JEFFERSON             As necessary to provide medical             Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological sA     MEDICAL CENTER             assistance.                               conditions should be provided as available.
M OCHSNER As required to provide rapid Meteorological  
s     WEST JEFFERSON             As required to provide rapid                                                                     Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in S     AIR CARE                   transportation of an injured person to                                                           determining the appropriate approach to the site.
& radiological conditions should be provided to assist in E FLIGHT transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.I CARE the selected hospital.c WEST JEFFERSON As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological sA MEDICAL CENTER assistance.
  -r     __________                 the selected hospital.
conditions should be provided as available.
A     ST. CHARLES                 As necessary to provide medical           Changes in patient's medical conditions should be cN     HOSPITAL                   assistance for a non-contaminated         provided as available.
s WEST JEFFERSON As required to provide rapid Meteorological  
E                         injured person.
& radiological conditions should be provided to assist in S AIR CARE transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.-r __________
ST. CHARLES               As required to provide transportation                                                             St. Charles Ambulance Service will be requested via St. Charles Parish AMBULANCE                   of an injured person to the selected                                                             911 Center to ensure rapid response.
the selected hospital.A ST. CHARLES As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical conditions should be cN HOSPITAL assistance for a non-contaminated provided as available.
___SERVICE                     hospital.____________________________
E injured person.ST. CHARLES As required to provide transportation St. Charles Ambulance Service will be requested via St. Charles Parish AMBULANCE of an injured person to the selected 911 Center to ensure rapid response.___SERVICE hospital.____________________________
OTHER                     As directed by the EC/EOF Director.
OTHER As directed by the EC/EOF Director.AGENCIES ______________
AGENCIES                   ______________
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.7 (1 of 1 )42 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)A. NOTIFICATION AFTER EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION OR CHANGE IN PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Section 5.2)1. Notify Operational Hotline (OHL) Members and Waterford 1 &2 with in 15 minutes using Short Message Form (SMF) or Notification Message Form (NMF).a. St. Charles Parish b. St. John the Baptist Parish c. GOHSEP d. LDEQ e. Waterford 1 & 2 2. At ALERT, or higher, the Control Room Emergency Communicator should activate the EverBridge Notification System to mobilize the Onsite Emergency Organization in accordance with EP-002-01 5.3. If a SITE EVACUATION has been implemented OR a SITE AREA EMERGENCY/GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared, notify the following to establish EAB controls: a. St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish to control vehicular traffic (can be included on NMF or SMF)b. Union Pacific Railroad to control rail traffic (Attachment 7.9)c. U.S. Coast Guard to control river traffic (Attachment 7.9)4. Notify other agencies as required by the emergency conditions (i.e., Hahnville Volunteer Fire Department for fire, Ambulance for medical emergency, etc.)5. Notify NRC immediately after the above agencies (and Railroad and Coast Guard if applicable) using Attachment 7.3 (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred).
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                                                                                                       Attachment 7.7 (1 of 1) 42
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (1 of 2)43 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)6. In accordance with NEI 99-02 the following items are required to be correct on the Notification Message Form (NMF) in order for the form to be considered accurate:* Classification and PAR appropriate to the event as specified by the approved plan and implementing procedures.
 
* Initial notification form completed appropriate to the event to include-Class of emergency-EAL number-Description of emergency-Wind direction and speed-Whether offsite protective measures are necessary-Potentially affected population and areas-Whether a release is taking place-Date and time of declaration of emergency-Whether the event is a drill or actual event-Plant and/or unit as applicable B. SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATIONS (Section 5.3)1.Update OHL Members every 60 minutes using NMF, except for severe weather Events.a. St. Charles Parish b. St. John the Baptist Parish c. GOHSEP d. LDEQ e. Waterford 1 &2 2. Update the NRC as requested. (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred.)
EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)
A. NOTIFICATION AFTER EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION OR CHANGE IN PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Section 5.2)
: 1. Notify Operational Hotline (OHL) Members and Waterford 1&2 with in 15 minutes using Short Message Form (SMF) or Notification Message Form (NMF).
: a. St. Charles Parish                                             d. LDEQ
: b. St. John the Baptist Parish                                     e. Waterford 1 & 2
: c. GOHSEP
: 2. At ALERT, or higher, the Control Room Emergency Communicator should activate the EverBridge Notification System to mobilize the Onsite Emergency Organization in accordance with EP-002-01 5.
: 3. If a SITE EVACUATION has been implemented OR a SITE AREA EMERGENCY/GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared, notify the following to establish EAB controls:
: a. St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish to control vehicular traffic (can be included on NMF or SMF)
: b. Union Pacific Railroad to control rail traffic (Attachment 7.9)
: c. U.S. Coast Guard to control river traffic (Attachment 7.9)
: 4. Notify other agencies as required by the emergency conditions (i.e., Hahnville Volunteer Fire Department for fire, Ambulance for medical emergency, etc.)
: 5. Notify NRC immediately after the above agencies (and Railroad and Coast Guard if applicable) using Attachment 7.3 (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred).
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.8 (1 of 2) 43
 
EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)
: 6. In accordance with NEI 99-02 the following items are required to be correct on the Notification Message Form (NMF) in order for the form to be considered accurate:
* Classification and PAR appropriate to the event as specified by the approved plan and implementing procedures.
* Initial notification form completed appropriate to the event to include
                - Class of emergency
                - EAL number
                - Description of emergency
                - Wind direction and speed
                - Whether offsite protective measures are necessary
                - Potentially affected population and areas
                - Whether a release is taking place
                - Date and time of declaration of emergency
                - Whether the event is a drill or actual event
                - Plant and/or unit as applicable B. SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATIONS (Section 5.3) 1.Update OHL Members every 60 minutes using NMF, except for severe weather Events.
: a. St. Charles Parish                                     d. LDEQ
: b. St. John the Baptist Parish                           e. Waterford 1&2
: c. GOHSEP
: 2. Update the NRC as requested. (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred.)
: 3. Update other agencies as deemed necessary.
: 3. Update other agencies as deemed necessary.
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (2 of 2)44 NOTIFICATION TO U.S. COAST GUARD/UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD (TYPICAL)This is (Communicator's Name)Steam Electric Station.with a notification of emergency conditions at the Waterford 3 The Message No. is:__________
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.8 (2 of 2) 44
 
NOTIFICATION TO U.S. COAST GUARD/UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD (TYPICAL)
This is                                     with a notification of emergency conditions at the Waterford 3 (Communicator's Name)
Steam Electric Station.                                                 The Message No. is:__________
Date/Time is:____________
Date/Time is:____________
Emergency Declaration is: Time of Declaration was: U.S. Coast Guard: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request the establishment of a safety zone in the immediate area of Waterford 3 to control marine traffic, in accordance with your letter of agreement.
Emergency Declaration is:                                               Time of Declaration was:
Waterford 3 is located at mile marker 128.Union Pacific Railroad:
U.S. Coast Guard: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request the establishment of a safety zone in the immediate area of Waterford 3 to control marine traffic, in accordance with your letter of agreement. Waterford 3 is located at mile marker 128.
Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request control of all rail traffic in Waterford 3 nuclear power plant's Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) in Taft, Louisiana.
Union Pacific Railroad: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request control of all rail traffic in Waterford 3 nuclear power plant's Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) in Taft, Louisiana. Please halt all rail traffic in the area between Killona, Louisiana and Taft, Louisiana in accordance with your letter of agreement.
Please halt all rail traffic in the area between Killona, Louisiana and Taft, Louisiana in accordance with your letter of agreement.
Our callback number is________________
Our callback number is________________
Message is approved by: (Signature)(Title)EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.9 (1 of 1)LAST PAGE 45 A'irACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q)
Message is approved by:
SCREENING SHEET 1 0F 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010 Revision:
(Signature)
313 EquipmentfFacilitylOther:
(Title)
Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items 5. Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                 Attachment 7.9 (1 of 1)
i-YES []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert 50.54(q)(3)
LAST PAGE 45
Continue to and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter justification If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure below and the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is complete Part documented below: vI.Justification:
 
A'irACHMENT 9.1                                                                                   10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 0F 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010                                 Revision: 313 EquipmentfFacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
: 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
: 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
: 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items
: 5. Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?                                                             i-YES             []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert                 50.54(q)(3)         Continue to and Notification System Design Report?                                                           Evaluation is       next part NOT required.
Enter justification If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure                   below and the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is                 complete Part documented below:                                                                               vI.
Justification:
Li Bounding document attached (optional)
Li Bounding document attached (optional)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)
Screening.
NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening.
APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
[] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3)
[] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.
Screening.
Li One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.
Li One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3)
Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.
Screening for that portion of the activity.Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.Li One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity.
Li One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)
50.54(q)(3)
Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.
Evaluation is NOT required.
CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q)
Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q)
Part IV. Editorial Change                                                                         [*YES              [] NO 50.54(q)(3)         Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph               Evaluation is NOT   next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                                 required. Enter Justification:                                                                                   justification and complete Part VI.
Part IV. Editorial Change [] NO 50.54(q)(3)
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is NOT next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? required.
: 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" The proposed changes are editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101. The first change corrects the numbering of the sections in the Table of Contents to reflect the additional page added to the procedure. The second change corrected the spelling of the word, offsite. The proposed changes do not change the intent or purpose of the procedure.
Enter Justification:
No further evaluation is needed.
justification and complete Part VI.1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" The proposed changes are editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
The first change corrects the numbering of the sections in the Table of Contents to reflect the additional page added to the procedure.
 
The second change corrected the spelling of the word, offsite. The proposed changes do not change the intent or purpose of the procedure.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                                     10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0                                 Revision: 313 Equipment/FacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II?
No further evaluation is needed.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q)
: 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1]                                                                 [
SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision:
: 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7                 [
313 Equipment/FacilitylOther:
staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets)
: 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2]                 D]
Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned.
: 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2]                             [
[1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 [staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned.
: 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3]                                       D]
[2] D]4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.
: 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3]                     D]
[2] [5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D]6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D]7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] [8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the []declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.
: 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]                                       [
[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions D]to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]____10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and D]Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response D]organizations.
: 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the             []
[6] ___12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel.
declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
[6] D]13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the D]plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established.
: 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions               D]
[7] _____15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response.
to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]____
[8] D]16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response.
: 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and                       D]
[8] _____17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies.
Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]
[10] _____19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available E]to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
: 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response                                 D]
[10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including
organizations. [6]                                                                                               ___
[those for hostile action events.[1 0]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q)
: 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6]                                 D]
SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision:
: 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the                     D]
313 Equipment/Facility/Other:
plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____
Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications
: 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7]                           _____
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.
: 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                               D]
[11] D]22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals.
: 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                             _____
[12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed.
: 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9]                             [
[131 D]24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) EZ is established.
: 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10]                                 _____
[14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, D]and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.
: 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available               E]
[14] __ _26. Identified weaknesses are corrected.
to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
[14] II 27. Training is provided to emergency responders.
[10]
[15] III 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established.
: 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including                 [
[16] Ii 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] III APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
those for hostile action events.[1 0]
[] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3)
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.r-11f any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3)
 
Evaluation.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                                   10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0                               Revision: 313 Equipment/Facility/Other: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chanae Items #3 and 4 from Part I: The proposed changes separate the checklist the Emergency Communicator uses to brief the TSC ENS Communicator in the TSC and the Offsite Communicator in the EOF when the emergency response facilities are activated and responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room. The checklist is used to brief the TSC ENS Communicator and the EOF Offsite Communicator of the current emergency situation.
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11]                     D]
Communication with the NRC is turned over to the ENS Communicator when the TSC is activated and the ENS Communicator accepts the responsibility.
: 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12]                                 [
If the NRC has requested to keep an open line,Athen the ENS communicator will continue to stay on the line with the NRC until directed otherwise.
: 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [131                                                                   D]
Communication with the offsite agencies will be turned over by the Emergency Communicator to the EOF when the facility is activated and the Offsite Communicator accepts the responsibility.
: 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas)                 EZ is established. [14]
By separating the checklist, the Emergency Communicator can ensure that each turnover provides accurate information in a timely manner to the responsible facility.No information or items from the checklist have been removed. The proposed changes are an enhancement to the checklist process that will eliminate transfer of unnecessary information to the facilities.
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain,               D]
The proposed change does not affect any process, responsibilities, roles, or intent of the procedure.
and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.
The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Change Items #5 The proposed change updates the call forwarding instructions for the emergency phone number (3500), located in the Control Room. The new Cisco phone replaced an older model Cisco phone that has been phased out. The new Cisco phone performs the same functions as the previous phone. The new phone performs the call forwarding function just as the previous phone. The proposed change will reflect the new steps to perform the function.
[14]                                                                                                             __   _
The proposed change does not affect the process or intent of the procedure.
: 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14]                                                                             II
The proposed change does not affect the Emergency plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q)
: 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]                                                                   III
SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010O Revision:'"313.....  
: 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16]                                         Ii
.........fEquipmentlFacility/Other:
: 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16]                       III APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
Water-ford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part VI. Signatures:_________
[] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.
Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature Date: Gina Taylor .,v 12/4/15 (Optional)
r-11f any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.
Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Revf,.er Signature Date: Aaron Mae/ < 1i~i~Nuclear EP Project Manager ." "....,&deg;' -Approver Name (Print) ro nature Date: EN*EP-305 REV 3 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TRANSMITTAL FORM To: U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region IV 1600 E. Lamar Blvd.Arlington, ;TX 76011 From: Entergy -Waterford 3 Emergency Planning 17265 River Road Killona, LA 70057 Transmittal Date: 12/16/2015 Total Records/Documents Transmitted:
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chanae Items #3 and 4 from Part I:
2 Record / Document Number Revision Document Effective Date 1EP-002-010 (2 copies) 313 12/15/15 2E-002-010 (2 Copies) 313 12/15/15 Procedure Supporting Documents Robert Carey -504-464-3482 Emergency Preparedness Manager REQUEST/APPROVAL PAGE Normal Review Class (check one): SAFETY RELATED ]oc PROCEDURE j ] QUALIFIED REVIEW PROCEDURE NUMBER: EP-002-010  
The proposed changes separate the checklist the Emergency Communicator uses to brief the TSC ENS Communicator in the TSC and the Offsite Communicator in the EOF when the emergency response facilities are activated and responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room. The checklist is used to brief the TSC ENS Communicator and the EOF Offsite Communicator of the current emergency situation. Communication with the NRC is turned over to the ENS Communicator when the TSC is activated and the ENS Communicator accepts the responsibility. Ifthe NRC has requested to keep an open line,Athen the ENS communicator will continue to stay on the line with the NRC until directed otherwise.
'
Communication with the offsite agencies will be turned over by the Emergency Communicator to the EOF when the facility is activated and the Offsite Communicator accepts the responsibility. By separating the checklist, the Emergency Communicator can ensure that each turnover provides accurate information in a timely manner to the responsible facility.
313 TITLE: Notifications and Communications PROCEDURE OWNER (Position Title): Emergency Planning Manager TERM (check one): [] PERMANENT LI TEMPORARY Effective Date I Milestone (if applicable): -i I &#xa2;Q2 -5 Expiration Date I Milestone (if applicable):
No information or items from the checklist have been removed. The proposed changes are an enhancement to the checklist process that will eliminate transfer of unnecessary information to the facilities. The proposed change does not affect any process, responsibilities, roles, or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.
N/A PROCEDURE ACTION (check one):[] Revision LI Deletion LI New Procedure DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION:
Change Items #5 The proposed change updates the call forwarding instructions for the emergency phone number (3500), located in the Control Room. The new Cisco phone replaced an older model Cisco phone that has been phased out. The new Cisco phone performs the same functions as the previous phone. The new phone performs the call forwarding function just as the previous phone. The proposed change will reflect the new steps to perform the function. The proposed change does not affect the process or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone 12 Request/Approval Page Continuation Sheet(s) attached.REIWPOES ~ Nra IEditorial Correction Technical Verification (cEckE POne):] oral [ (Revisions only) [] (RevisionsonDiv)
EN-EP-305 REV 3
______REVIEW AND APPROVAL ACTIVITIES PRINT NAME OR SIGNATURE DATE PREPARER Gina Taylor 12/06/15 EC SUPERVISOR Administrative Review and Approval (sign) N/A N/A CROSS-DISCIPLINE N/A and .___________________________
 
INTERNAL N/A REVIEWS_____(List Groups,- N/A Functions, Positions, etc.) N/A POESAPIAIIY Performed 12 PA Exclusion 0] OSOR 03-003 DETERMINATION TECHNICAL Review 0] Verification 12 Don Vincent 15" QUALIFIED REVIEWER Review 0] Jack Lewis GROUP/DEPT.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                             10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010O                 Revision:'"313.....           .........
HEAD Review 12 Approval 0] (sign) Aaron Ertel/
fEquipmentlFacility/Other:   Water-ford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part VI. Signatures:_________
GM, PLANT OPERATIONS Review 12 Approval 12 (sign) N/A VICE PRESIDENT, OPERATIONS Approval 12 (sign) N/A Form (W2.1 09 Revision 015)
Preparer Name (Print)                         Preparer Signature             Date:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE-...
Gina Taylor                                     . II.A)i,*        ,v
* 12/4/15 0
(Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)               Reviewer Signature             Date:
N/A Reviewer Name (Print)                         Revf,.er Signature             Date:
Aaron Mae/                                             <     1i~i~
Nuclear EP Project Manager                 ."         "....,&deg;'                         -
Approver Name (Print)
* ro   nature             Date:
EN*EP-305 REV 3
 
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TRANSMITTAL FORM To:   U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission             Transmittal Date:                12/16/2015 Region IV 1600 E. Lamar Blvd.
Arlington, ;TX 76011 From:   Entergy - Waterford 3 Emergency Planning 17265 River Road Killona, LA 70057 Total Records/Documents                 2 Transmitted:
Record / Document Number             Revision               Document Effective Date 1EP-002-010 (2 copies)                     313                     12/15/15 2E-002-010 (2 Copies)                         313                     12/15/15 Procedure Supporting Documents Robert Carey - 504-464-3482 Emergency Preparedness Manager
 
REQUEST/APPROVAL PAGE SAFETY RELATED ]oc                                                                            Normal Review Class (check one):
PROCEDURE                                                       j]         QUALIFIED REVIEW PROCEDURE NUMBER:                       EP-002-010           -*:'K;**
                                                              '              1i'_:*..*i*;xj%''-*;!*-*'-:':;*    *!.REVISION:                  313 TITLE:      Notifications and Communications PROCEDURE OWNER (Position Title):               Emergency Planning Manager TERM (check one):             []   PERMANENT               LI       TEMPORARY Effective Date I Milestone (if applicable):     -i     *-+--          I &#xa2;Q2 - 5*    *    *'        I=*I*'
Expiration Date I Milestone (if applicable):                                                     N/A PROCEDURE ACTION (check one):
[]       Revision           LI   Deletion             LI     New Procedure DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION:
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
: 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
: 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
: 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone 12   Request/Approval Page Continuation Sheet(s) attached.
(cEckE         REIWPOES POne):]           ~    Nra oral     [ IEditorial (Revisions Correction only)                                 []   Technical    Verification (RevisionsonDiv)         ______
REVIEW AND APPROVAL ACTIVITIES                                       PRINT NAME OR SIGNATURE                     DATE PREPARER                                                                                                       Gina Taylor               12/06/15 EC SUPERVISOR                           Administrative Review and Approval             (sign)                       N/A N/A CROSS-DISCIPLINE                                                                                                           N/A and               .___________________________
INTERNAL                                                                                                             N/A REVIEWS_____
(List Groups,-                                                                                                       N/A Functions, Positions, etc.)                                                                                                     N/A POESAPIAIIY               Performed     12         PA Exclusion     0]                           OSOR 03-003 DETERMINATION TECHNICAL                               Review     0]           Verification     12                           Don Vincent           j*'9-    15" QUALIFIED REVIEWER                       Review     0]                                                         Jack Lewis               ,I)*
GROUP/DEPT. HEAD                         Review     12             Approval     0]   (sign)   Aaron Ertel/ *_***/./,j./*
GM, PLANT OPERATIONS                     Review     12             Approval     12   (sign)                       N/A VICE PRESIDENT, OPERATIONS                                         Approval     12   (sign)                       N/A Form (W2.1 09 Revision 015)
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                                                                Revision 313 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE-... mlmN*mmmtmtBtDBm mIIBDm*mmIm*I*Ii*BmlmlDmIImImI*miII*BI*m*mmmmmmBiIIIgDB*IIImm*mBmmIIIBBEBII*i*m*m*mmmBIlmImI1RmDIImE*I                                      -2


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==


3.0 RESPONSIBIL 4.0 INITIATING CC 5.0 PROCEDURE
3.0 RESPONSIBIL )ND-IT-I---ONS         *-I*n~----        ----------------                    *-------m1--=--N-----------------*---------=---I~1--4N 4.0 INITIATING CC.I IE--.. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. ....                           . .. ..         .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .         5 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1    A dm inistrative -- -........   ....     ....     .. .         ...     . .. . ....           ....     ....   ...-...       ...-... ...-.   ... .............     5 5.2    Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations------                               -         ---               ------                             -----                 -       -       -17 5.3     Subsequent Notifications---                     -         ---                 -           -         -                                                           24 5.4     Requests for Offsite Assistance-,                     ----                 -             -                                                                       29 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS--------------------------------...............                                                 --------------------------------------------------- *U 7.0 ATTACHMENTS-----------------...................................
-2)ND-IT-I---ONS  
7.1     Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)-                                                                                                       32 7.2     Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)-                                 -----                                                                                     -
----------------.I IE--.. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .5 5.1 5.2 A dm inistrative  
35 7.3     Notification Message Form (Typical)-                                                                                                                                 36
-- -..... ... .... .... .. .... ... ..... .... .... ...-... ...-... ...-. ... .............
                                                                              -           -           -       -
5 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations------  
3A    -
---- ------ ----- ---17 5.3 Subsequent Notifications---  
7.4     Offsite Communications Log (Typical)---                             -           -           -         -
---- ---5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance-, ---- --6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS--------------------------------...............
7.5     Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)------
7.0 ATTACHMENTS-----------------...................................
                                                                                                                                                                            -38 7.6     Short Message Form (Typical)-                 ----------                                                                                                         41    -
7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)-
7.7     Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)---------                                                                                                                 42 7.8     Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical)                       -       -             -         -
7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)-  
7.9     Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS------------------------..................................                                               mmlmmmmu*mm*B*m*lEmmmmliBllmml*NmmlgNiMmmmltmmEmm 31 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 1-45                                        Revision 313 Informational Use 1
-----7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical)-  
 
----7.4 Offsite Communications Log (Typical)---  
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                          EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1      This procedure provides guidance for making notifications to offsite agencies during a Waterford 3 SES emergency.
----7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)------
 
7.6 Short Message Form (Typical)-  
==2.0      REFERENCES==
----------
 
7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)---------
2.1      Waterford 3 SES Emergency Plan 2.2      State of Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan 2.3      EP-002-01 5, Emergency Responder Activation 2.4      EP-003-060, Emergency Communications Guidelines 2.5      EP-002-1 50, Emergency Plan Implementing Records 2.6      Emergency Management Resources Book 2.7      UNT-007-018, First Aid and Medical Care 2.8      FP-001-020, Fire Emergency/Fire Report 2.9      EP-003-050, Emergency Organization Documentation and Control 2.10    EP-002-052, Protective Action Guidelines 2.11    NE) 99-02, Regulatory Assessmnet Performance Indicator Guidelinie 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1      The Shift Manager (SM) has the responsibility and authority of the Emergency Director (ED).
7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical)  
3.1 .1    The SM ensures the initial notifications are made, recommends offsite protective measures, and contacts the TSC Duty Emergency Plant Manager.
----7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical)8.0 RECORDS------------------------..................................
3.1.2    The SM continues as the ED until the EOF Duty Emergency Director properly relieves the SM as the Emergency Director.
24 29---------------------------------------------------  32-35-----------
3.2      The EOF Duty Emergency Director relieves the SM of the responsibilities of the ED.
3A 35 36-38-------41 42 31 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Revision 313 1-45 Informational Use 1 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for making notifications to offsite agencies during a Waterford 3 SES emergency.
3.2.1    Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, the ED directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
2
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                          EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 3.2.2      Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.
3.2.3      Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.
3.3      The EOF Emergency Director is responsible for the activation and operation of the EOF in support of the Onsite Emergency Organization.
3.3.1      Upon transfer of the communication process to the EQF, the EOF Emergency Director directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
3.3.2      Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.
3.3.3      Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.
3.4      The EOF Offsite Communicator is responsible for implementation of this procedure when activities are transferred to their emergency facility.
3.5      The communications facility logs (Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50) are normally maintained by the Control Room Emergency Communicator and EQE Offsite Communicator.
3.6      The Control Room Emergency Communicator and ECE Offsite Communicator are responsible for Items 1 and 2 of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form when activities are in their designated area prior to transmittal.
3.7      The ENS Communicator is responsible for maintaining contact with the NRC on the Emergency Notification System (ENS) line when this activity is transferred.
3.8      The Shift Manager (SM)!/Emergency Director (ED) (Contol Room) and the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) have the primary responsibility for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 (as applicable) of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form.
3
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure  EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications        Revision 313 4.0 INITIATING CONDITIONS 4.1      Declaration of 4.1.1    Unusual Event 4.1.2    Alert 4.1.3    Site Area Emergency 4.1 .4  General Emergency 4
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1      Administrative 5.1.1     Definitions 5.1,1.1     Call Back Number - A telephone number, or Operational Hotline code number, provided as a means for agencies to contact Waterford 3 communications personnel to discuss or ask questions regarding the emergency situation.
5.1.1.2      Communicator's Form Pack - A package of forms provided in the Control Room to assist the Emergency Communicator in the performance of notification and communications activities.
5.1.1.3      Emergency Management Resources Book - An emergency phone book which includes facility, agency, emergency Entergy Operations responder, and emergency resources phone numbers.
5.1.1.4      Emergency Notification System (ENS) - The primary dedicated phone link with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).
5.1.1.5      Industrial Hotline (IHL) - A St. Charles Parish dedicated phone system between member industries within the parish and the St. Charles Parish 911 Center and the St. Charles Emergency Operations Center (EOC).
5.1.1 .6    Operational Hotline (OHL) - A dedicated phone system between the risk parishes, State agencies, Waterford 1&2 and Waterford 3.
5.1.1.7    Operational Hotline Code Number - Each telephone (station) in the Operational Hotline system has a unique code number which can be used to contact an individual station.
5.1.1.8      Operational Hotline Members - Those organizations that are interconnected by the Operational Hotline dedicated phone system. Waterford 3 SES, Waterford 1&2, St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, Governor's Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) are Operational Hotline members.
5


==2.0 REFERENCES==
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                          EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 5.1.1.9    PABX - Private Automatic Branch Exchange. This is the normal station (commercial) telephone system.
5.1.1.10  Rumor Control - A sub-organization of the Joint Information Center (JIC) with the responsibility to provide information and respond to public questions.
5.1.1.11  Verification Callback Numbers  - Preestablished Control Room telephone numbers that have been provided to the Operational Hotline Members to allow for the verification of the initial notification of an emergency condition or to validate calls received of a questionable nature relating to an emergency situation at Waterford 3.
6


2.1 Waterford 3 SES Emergency Plan 2.2 State of Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan 2.3 EP-002-01 5, Emergency Responder Activation 2.4 EP-003-060, Emergency Communications Guidelines 2.5 EP-002-1 50, Emergency Plan Implementing Records 2.6 Emergency Management Resources Book 2.7 UNT-007-018, First Aid and Medical Care 2.8 FP-001-020, Fire Emergency/Fire Report 2.9 EP-003-050, Emergency Organization Documentation and Control 2.10 EP-002-052, Protective Action Guidelines 2.11 NE) 99-02, Regulatory Assessmnet Performance Indicator Guidelinie 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Shift Manager (SM) has the responsibility and authority of the Emergency Director (ED).3.1 .1 The SM ensures the initial notifications are made, recommends offsite protective measures, and contacts the TSC Duty Emergency Plant Manager.3.1.2 The SM continues as the ED until the EOF Duty Emergency Director properly relieves the SM as the Emergency Director.3.2 The EOF Duty Emergency Director relieves the SM of the responsibilities of the ED.3.2.1 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, the ED directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                       EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 5.1.2     Documentation 5.1.2.1   Each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator maintains a narrative log on the Facility Log, Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50, which documents the following:
2 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 3.2.2 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.3.2.3 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.3.3 The EOF Emergency Director is responsible for the activation and operation of the EOF in support of the Onsite Emergency Organization.
3.3.1 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EQF, the EOF Emergency Director directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.
3.3.2 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.3.3.3 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.3.4 The EOF Offsite Communicator is responsible for implementation of this procedure when activities are transferred to their emergency facility.3.5 The communications facility logs (Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50) are normally maintained by the Control Room Emergency Communicator and EQE Offsite Communicator.
3.6 The Control Room Emergency Communicator and ECE Offsite Communicator are responsible for Items 1 and 2 of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form when activities are in their designated area prior to transmittal.
3.7 The ENS Communicator is responsible for maintaining contact with the NRC on the Emergency Notification System (ENS) line when this activity is transferred.
3.8 The Shift Manager (SM)!/Emergency Director (ED) (Contol Room) and the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) have the primary responsibility for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 (as applicable) of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form.3 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications 4.0 INITIATING CONDITIONS EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 4.1 Declaration of 4.1.1 Unusual Event 4.1.2 Alert 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency 4.1 .4 General Emergency 4 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Administrative 5.1.1 Definitions 5.1,1.1 Call Back Number -A telephone number, or Operational Hotline code number, provided as a means for agencies to contact Waterford 3 communications personnel to discuss or ask questions regarding the emergency situation.
5.1.1.2 Communicator's Form Pack -A package of forms provided in the Control Room to assist the Emergency Communicator in the performance of notification and communications activities.
5.1.1.3 Emergency Management Resources Book -An emergency phone book which includes facility, agency, emergency Entergy Operations responder, and emergency resources phone numbers.5.1.1.4 Emergency Notification System (ENS) -The primary dedicated phone link with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).5.1.1.5 Industrial Hotline (IHL) -A St. Charles Parish dedicated phone system between member industries within the parish and the St. Charles Parish 911 Center and the St. Charles Emergency Operations Center (EOC).5.1.1 .6 Operational Hotline (OHL) -A dedicated phone system between the risk parishes, State agencies, Waterford 1 &2 and Waterford 3.5.1.1.7 Operational Hotline Code Number -Each telephone (station) in the Operational Hotline system has a unique code number which can be used to contact an individual station.5.1.1.8 Operational Hotline Members -Those organizations that are interconnected by the Operational Hotline dedicated phone system. Waterford 3 SES, Waterford 1&2, St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, Governor's Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) are Operational Hotline members.5 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.1.9 PABX -Private Automatic Branch Exchange.
This is the normal station (commercial) telephone system.5.1.1.10 Rumor Control -A sub-organization of the Joint Information Center (JIC) with the responsibility to provide information and respond to public questions.
5.1.1.11 Verification Callback Numbers -Preestablished Control Room telephone numbers that have been provided to the Operational Hotline Members to allow for the verification of the initial notification of an emergency condition or to validate calls received of a questionable nature relating to an emergency situation at Waterford 3.6 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.2 Documentation 5.1.2.1 Each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator maintains a narrative log on the Facility Log, Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50, which documents the following:
: a. The name and initials of each communicator.
: a. The name and initials of each communicator.
: b. Problems noted with the communication systems.c. Off-normal conditions affecting the communications aspect of the emergency.
: b. Problems noted with the communication systems.
: c. Off-normal conditions affecting the communications aspect of the emergency.
: d. Transfer of communications.
: d. Transfer of communications.
: e. Offsite agency agreement to a less restrictive time requirement for subsequent notifications.
: e. Offsite agency agreement to a less restrictive time requirement for subsequent notifications.
: f. Requests to GOHSEP to contact LDEQ for off-hours notifications.
: f. Requests to GOHSEP to contact LDEQ for off-hours notifications.
5.1.2.2 Attachment 7.4 should be maintained for each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator.
5.1.2.2   Attachment 7.4 should be maintained for each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator. The log includes as a minimum the following (Refer to Attachment 7.5 for an example):
The log includes as a minimum the following (Refer to Attachment 7.5 for an example): a. The date.b. One communication message per column indicating whether the message was incoming or outgoing.c. The message number.d. Initials of the communicator transmitting or receiving the message.e. The time the message occurred.7 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .3 Use of Communications Log 5.1.3.1 All incoming and outgoing messages other than those documented on a Notification Message Form, Short Message Form or Attachment 7.9 should be documented on a Communications Log (Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50).5.1.3.2 The message recorded on the Communications Log includes the following:
: a. The date.
: a. Message Number b. Agency or facility transmitting the message c. Agency or facility receiving the message d. Time message sent or received e. Call back number (usually Communicator's PABX number) used for messages being transmitted off site.f. OHL code number for messages being transmitted to Operational Hotline Member(s).
: b. One communication message per column indicating whether the message was incoming or outgoing.
: g. The name of the individual receiving or sending the message.5.1.3.3 The Emergency Director shall approve all messages to non-Entergy agencies prior to transmittal offsite, except for information provided to the NRC in response to a question.a. Only responses to NRC questions on command decision-making activities which are in progress and no_.t finalized require prior approval.8 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Cornmunications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.1.4 Verification Calls 5.1.4.1 Initial contact with the Operational Hotline members or the NRC, which are made or received over PABX telephone lines may be verified by the receiver of the message.5.1.4.2 When Waterford 3 is the message transmitter, then the receiver of the message may at their discretion call back and verify the validity of the message on the pre-established verification call back numbers provided to the agencies.5.1.4.3 Phone calls of a questionable nature received by Waterford 3 SES should be verified with the calling agency using the numbers listed in the Emergency Management Resources Book.5.1.4.4 Verification calls are logged in accordance with EP-002-1 50 or on Attachment 7.4.5.1.5 Message Numbering System NOTE Replies to messages received and documented on a Communications Log do not require the assignment of an individual message number. The reply is recorded on the bottom section of the Communications Log and transmitted using the original message number.5.1.5.1 All messages transmitted or received should be assigned a unique number to allow for in-house management and documentation of each message.5.1.5.2 All Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms are numbered "F-i", "F-2", "F-3", etc., in increasing sequential order.5.1.5.3 All other messages generated or received by communicators are identified by use of an alpha designator and numbered in increasing sequential order as indicated below: a.b.C.Control Room Communicators  
: c. The message number.
-C-i, C-2, etc., TSC Communicators  
: d. Initials of the communicator transmitting or receiving the message.
-TSC-1, TSC-2, etc., EOF Communicators  
: e. The time the message occurred.
-EOF-1, EOF-2, etc.9 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.1.6 Notification Message Form (NMF) Completion Requirements NOTE If a change in emergency classification or change in protective action recommendations occurs, then the Short Message Form (Attachment 7.6) may be used. to ensure that the notification to offsite agencies is made within the 15 minute time requirement.
7
When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.5.1.6.1 Provide information, as required, for each line of the NMF (Attachment 7.3) every time a new NMF is generated.
 
Use of the term "unchanged" is not_ appropriate.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.1 .3         Use of Communications Log 5.1.3.1     All incoming and outgoing messages other than those documented on a Notification Message Form, Short Message Form or Attachment 7.9 should be documented on a Communications Log (Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50).
5.1 .6.1 .1 The information that has not changed should be repeated on the new form with the exception of Line 6 where a restatement of conditions is no__t required.5.1.6.1 .2 Provide an update to plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency on the new Line 6.5.1.6.2 If information for an Item is not known at the time of the notification (dose rates are being calculated, waiting for air sample to be counted, leak rate being calculated, etc.), then a notation should be made, in the appropriate blank(s), to indicate the status of the information.
5.1.3.2     The message recorded on the Communications Log includes the following:
: a. Message Number
: b. Agency or facility transmitting the message
: c. Agency or facility receiving the message
: d. Time message sent or received
: e. Call back number (usually Communicator's PABX number) used for messages being transmitted off site.
: f. OHL code number for messages being transmitted to Operational Hotline Member(s).
: g. The name of the individual receiving or sending the message.
5.1.3.3   The Emergency Director shall approve all messages to non-Entergy agencies prior to transmittal offsite, except for information provided to the NRC in response to a question.
: a. Only responses to NRC questions on command decision-making activities which are in progress and no_.t finalized require prior approval.
8
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmunications                                                                Revision 313 5.1.4     Verification Calls 5.1.4.1       Initial contact with the Operational Hotline members or the NRC, which are made or received over PABX telephone lines may be verified by the receiver of the message.
5.1.4.2     When Waterford 3 is the message transmitter, then the receiver of the message may at their discretion call back and verify the validity of the message on the pre-established verification call back numbers provided to the agencies.
5.1.4.3     Phone calls of a questionable nature received by Waterford 3 SES should be verified with the calling agency using the numbers listed in the Emergency Management Resources Book.
5.1.4.4     Verification calls are logged in accordance with EP-002-1 50 or on Attachment 7.4.
5.1.5       Message Numbering System NOTE Replies to messages received and documented on a Communications Log do not require the assignment of an individual message number. The reply is recorded on the bottom section of the Communications Log and transmitted using the original message number.
5.1.5.1     All messages transmitted or received should be assigned a unique number to allow for in-house management and documentation of each message.
5.1.5.2     All Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms are numbered "F-i", "F-2", "F-3",
etc., in increasing sequential order.
5.1.5.3     All other messages generated or received by communicators are identified by use of an alpha designator and numbered in increasing sequential order as indicated below:
: a. Control Room Communicators - C-i, C-2, etc.,
: b. TSC Communicators - TSC-1, TSC-2, etc.,
C. EOF Communicators - EOF-1, EOF-2, etc.
9
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                                 EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                      Revision 313 5.1.6       Notification Message Form (NMF) Completion Requirements NOTE If a change in emergency classification or change in protective action recommendations occurs, then the Short Message Form (Attachment 7.6) may be used. to ensure that the notification to offsite agencies is made within the 15 minute time requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.
5.1.6.1         Provide information, as required, for each line of the NMF (Attachment 7.3) every time a new NMF is generated. Use of the term "unchanged" is not_appropriate.
5.1 .6.1 .1     The information that has not changed should be repeated on the new form with the exception of Line 6 where a restatement of conditions is no__t required.
5.1.6.1 .2       Provide an update to plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency on the new Line 6.
5.1.6.2         If information for an Item is not known at the time of the notification (dose rates are being calculated, waiting for air sample to be counted, leak rate being calculated, etc.), then a notation should be made, in the appropriate blank(s), to indicate the status of the information.
: a. The terms "Not Applicable" or "Unknown" may be used where appropriate.
: a. The terms "Not Applicable" or "Unknown" may be used where appropriate.
: b. Use the 24-hour clock.c. "Layman's" terms should be used as much as possible and acronyms should be avoided unless they are included in the Initiating Conditions.
: b. Use the 24-hour clock.
: d. If scientific notation is Utilized, then it should be entered in accordance with the following example: 5.6 E-5 or 5.6 E+5 10  
: c.   "Layman's" terms should be used as much as possible and acronyms should be avoided unless they are included in the Initiating Conditions.
.Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7 Notification Message Form Completion Guidelines (Refer to Attachment 7.2 for an example)5.1.7.1 Line 1 : Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.5.1.7.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 2B, and 2C.a. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.5.1.7.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
: d. If scientific notation is Utilized, then it should be entered in accordance with the following example:
5.1.7.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
5.6 E-5 or 5.6 E+5 10
5.1.7.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, B2, C2, etc.) on Line SB, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.c. If all Protective Response Areas that are not evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.11 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.6 Line 6: Enter the following:
 
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency.
.Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.1.7       Notification Message Form Completion Guidelines (Refer to Attachment 7.2 for an example) 5.1.7.1     Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.
Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
5.1.7.2     Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 2B, and 2C.
: c. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford 1 &2, which are different than the PARs for the State and Parishes, may be entered in this Section.d. Enter additional information as deemed appropriate (Example:
: a. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
Exclusion Area Boundary controls are requested, evacuation of Waterford 3 non-essential personnel is implemented  
: b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
-including which offsite assembly area is used, etc.).e. When updating agencies, then consider restating the IC number used to classify the emergency and provide an update of plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency.
: c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.
: f. Emergency Action Level (EAL)12 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.7 Line 7: Check the appropriate  
5.1.7.3     Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
'Yes" or "No" block.a. If the Reactor is Shutdown, then check the "Yes" block and enter the time and date of the shutdown in "Time/Date" blanks.NOTE Use fifteen minute averaged data for the Primary Tower at 33 FT for meteorological information.
5.1.7.4       Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.
If site meteorological data is unavailable, then contact the National Weather Service.5.1.7.8 Provide the following information on Line 8: 1. The Control Room obtains meteorological information from the Plant Computer GD METDATA.2. The TSC and EOF obtains meteorological information using Satelite Display System (SOS)MARMOND 1.a. Line 8A: Enter the direction the wind is coming FROM and the wind speed in MPH.* The wind speed is normally displayed in meters/second.
: a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
* Multiply meters/second by 2.24 to convert to MPH.b. Line 8B: Enter the current Compass Sectors affected, or potentially affected.* The Compass Sectors affected are the sector into which the wind is blowing and the adjacent sectors on either side.* A matrix of affected compass sectors by wind direction is provided in EP-002-052.
5.1.7.5     Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.
: a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
: b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, B2, C2, etc.) on Line SB, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
: c. If all Protective Response Areas that are not evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.
11
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                   Revision 313 5.1.7.6   Line 6: Enter the following:
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
: b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
: c. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford 1&2, which are different than the PARs for the State and Parishes, may be entered in this Section.
: d. Enter additional information as deemed appropriate (Example: Exclusion Area Boundary controls are requested, evacuation of Waterford 3 non-essential personnel is implemented     -
including which offsite assembly area is used, etc.).
: e. When updating agencies, then consider restating the IC number used to classify the emergency and provide an update of plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency.
: f. Emergency Action Level (EAL) 12
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                 Revision 313 5.1.7.7       Line 7: Check the appropriate 'Yes" or "No" block.
: a. If the Reactor is Shutdown, then check the "Yes" block and enter the time and date of the shutdown in "Time/Date" blanks.
NOTE Use fifteen minute averaged data for the Primary Tower at 33 FT for meteorological information. If site meteorological data is unavailable, then contact the National Weather Service.
5.1.7.8       Provide the following information on Line 8:
: 1. The Control Room obtains meteorological information from the Plant Computer GD METDATA.
: 2. The TSC and EOF obtains meteorological information using Satelite Display System (SOS)
MARMOND 1.
: a. Line 8A: Enter the direction the wind is coming FROM and the wind speed in MPH.
* The wind speed is normally displayed in meters/second.
* Multiply meters/second by 2.24 to convert to MPH.
: b. Line 8B:   Enter the current Compass Sectors affected, or potentially affected.
* The Compass Sectors affected are the sector into which the wind is blowing and the adjacent sectors on either side.
* A matrix of affected compass sectors by wind direction is provided in EP-002-052.
: c. Line 8C: Enter the Stability Class for the meteorological conditions.
: c. Line 8C: Enter the Stability Class for the meteorological conditions.
* The Stability Class can be determined using the existing DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE and finding the Stability Class on the matrix provided in EP-002-050.
* The Stability Class can be determined using the existing DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE and finding the Stability Class on the matrix provided in EP-002-050.
* The Stability Class may also be obtained from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE.d. Line 80: Enter whether or not there is any precipitation at the present time and the type.13 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications
* The Stability Class may also be obtained from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE.
~If there was any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the Isteeayenvironment that was not bound by an Step 5.1.7.9 dtcaedicaeofriatveNO approved Release Permit, but that No Check box 9A, Evaluate for a mtratoteevrn ntccrn release has now stoosgped, then check No RELEASE_Release thti o on ya prvdbox 90, adpoed Releae Pemit 7 A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT (Note 1)STOPPED.(Note 1)Are limits listed below being exceeded?Ye Condenser Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 7.55 E+~4 ylCiisec fareseourdbttpe, -" PRM-IRE-0002 te ne h ees tr n stop times and the actual duration Go to step 5.1.7.10 Fuel Handling Exhaust PIG (gas) 8.05 8-3 yLCi icci or orln 5 PRM-IRE-5107 A oreB Fuel Handling Building Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 1.12 E4-5 pCi seec PRM-IRE-3032 Plant Slack PIG (gas) 1.72 E-3 pCi Ico PRM-IRE-0100.1 or 100.2 Yes If a release is occurring, then Plan Stck RGM effuen ratl 755 +4 the expected duration in Plan Stck IVRM (eflunt ate 7.5 Er't ~i sechours or "unknown" for tine PRM-IRE-01 10 9E.Main Steam Line INote oJ_2) Any alert or alarm PRM-IRE-5500 A oreB Dry, Coaling Tower Sump 4.24 5-4 .ImI Check box 9C, PR-R-75o 76A RELEASE is occurrino Enter the time at PR-R-78o 76ABOVE federally which the release approved limits and started for line 9E.Turbine Building Industrial Waste Sump 4.24 E-4 aLCi iml proceed. Note 1 PRM-1RE-6778 If the shift has entered OP-901-202, Steam Generator Tube Leakage or Nigh Activity, then a No release is occurring.
: d. Line 80: Enter whether or not there is any precipitation at the present time and the type.
The release must be evaluated to determine if it is above or below established limits. During a Steam Generator tube leak or tube rupture event, a release is considered Yes to be occurting until all faulted steam generators are isolated.
13
This includes steaming a faulted Steam Generator to the Main Condenser.
 
Note 2 Use the Main Steam Line monitor gp) when the Condenser Exhaust Vli1GM is not available or its No reading is invalid (no flow).Check box 9B,lA RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved limits and proceed.14 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-0100 Revision 313 5.1 .7.10 Line 10: Provide the following information:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications
: a. Line 10OA, 10OB and 10OC: Check all appropriate blocks pertaining to the type of material being released.5.1.7.11 Line 11" Enter the applicable Noble Gas and Iodine release rate in Ci/sec. This information (and the information for line 12) may not be calculated for releases designated as below federally approved operating limits.5.1.7.12 Line 12: Provide the following information:
                                        ~If                                                               there was any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the Isteeayenvironment                                               that was not bound by an Step 5.1.7.9                         dtcaedicaeofriatveNO                                             approved Release Permit, but that                       No                       Check box 9A, Evaluate for a                       mtratoteevrn               ntccrn                               release has now stoosgped,   then check                                           No RELEASE_
Release                            thti     o on       ya prvdbox                                                     90,                                                           adpoed 7
Releae         Pemit                     A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT (Note                 1)STOPPED.
(Note 1)
Are AN*Ylimits listed below being exceeded?Ye Condenser Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate)                       7.55 E+~4ylCiisec                                                          fareseourdbttpe,                                                           -"
PRM-IRE-0002                                                                                                                               te   ne h ees           tr   n stop times and the actual duration                                           Go to step 5.1.7.10 Fuel Handling Exhaust PIG (gas)                               8.05 8-3 yLCiicci                                                                      or   orln   5 PRM-IRE-5107 A oreB Fuel Handling Building Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate)           1.12 E4-5 pCi seec PRM-IRE-3032 Plant Slack PIG (gas)                                         1.72 E-3 pCi Ico PRM-IRE-0100.1 or 100.2                                                                               Yes If a release is occurring, then Plan     755 Stck
                                                                            +4 **Cisecenter RGM     effuen             ratl                                                                                                     the expected duration in PRM-IRE-01 10 Plan     7.5 Er't Stck ~i   sechours IVRM        (eflunt                ate                                                                                                  or "unknown" for tine 9E.
Main Steam Line INote oJ_2)                                     Any alert or alarm PRM-IRE-5500 A oreB Dry, Coaling Tower Sump                                       4.24 5-4 *Ci .ImI                                         Check box 9C, PR-R-75o 76A                                                                           RELEASE is occurrino                         Enter the time at PR-R-78o 76ABOVE                                                                                 federally                       which the release approved limits and                         started for line 9E.
Turbine Building Industrial Waste Sump                       4.24 E-4 aLCiiml                                              proceed.                                                                                   Note 1 PRM-1RE-6778                                                                                                                                                                                     If the shift has entered OP-901-202, Steam Generator Tube Leakage or Nigh Activity, then a No                                                                                                                     release is occurring. The release must be evaluated to determine if it is above or below established limits. During a Steam Generator tube leak or tube rupture event, a release is considered Yes                                                                           to be occurting until all faulted steam generators are isolated. This includes steaming a faulted Steam Generator to the Main Condenser.
Note 2 Use the Main Steam Line monitor gp) when the Condenser Exhaust Vli1GM is not available or its No                                                                                                                           reading is invalid (no flow).
Check box 9B,l A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved limits and proceed.
14
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-0100 Notifications and Communications                                                                Revision 313 5.1 .7.10   Line 10: Provide the following information:
: a. Line 10OA, 10OB and 10OC: Check all appropriate blocks pertaining to the type of material being released.
5.1.7.11   Line 11" Enter the applicable Noble Gas and Iodine release rate in Ci/sec. This information (and the information for line 12) may not be calculated for releases designated as below federally approved operating limits.
5.1.7.12   Line 12: Provide the following information:
: a. Line 12A: Enter number of hours used to calculate Dose Projections (exposure duration).
: a. Line 12A: Enter number of hours used to calculate Dose Projections (exposure duration).
* If the exposure duration is not known, the..n a default value of 2 hours is used for Waterford 3.* Indicate whether the offsite doses are based on Field Data, Plant Data or Default (FSAR)data by checking the appropriate block.b. Lines 12B and 1 2C: Enter the TEDE and CDE Thyroid Dose Commitments from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE for the appropriate distance (Site Boundary is interpreted as the EAB for Waterford 3).* Ensure the correct value is entered on the form. The unit is in mRem, no._t mRem/hr.5.1.7.13 Line 13: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.15 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-O1 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .8 Short Message Form Completion Guidelines 5.1.8.1 Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.5.1.8.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 26, and 2C.b. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.5.1.8.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
* If the exposure duration is not known, the..n a default value of 2 hours is used for Waterford 3.
5.1.8.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
* Indicate whether the offsite doses are based on Field Data, Plant Data or Default (FSAR) data by checking the appropriate block.
5.1.8.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, 62, C2, etc.) on Line 5B, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.c. If all Protective Response Areas that are no__t evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.16 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.8.6 Line 6: Enter the following:
: b. Lines 12B and 12C: Enter the TEDE and CDE Thyroid Dose Commitments from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE for the appropriate distance (Site Boundary is interpreted as the EAB for Waterford 3).
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency.
* Ensure the correct value is entered on the form. The unit is in mRem, no._t mRem/hr.
Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
5.1.7.13   Line 13: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.
: c. Emergency Action Level (EAL)d. Exclusion Area Boundary Controls e. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford I1&2 if different than the PARs for the State and Parishes.f. If applicable, irnplemantion of evacuation for Waterford 3 non-essential personnel  
15
-including which offsite assembly area is used.5.1.8.7 Evaluate for a Release by using the flow chart in step 5.1.7.9.5.1.8.8 Line 8: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.5.2 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations 5.2.1 Notification Requirements 5.2.1.1 Notify the Operational Hotline (OHL) Members by transmitting the NMF by fax machine as soon as possible, but within 15 minutes of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
 
5.2.1.2 Notify St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish of a site evacuation and which assembly area is utilized, as appropriate, AND 5.2.1.3 Notify St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, U.S. Coast Guard and Union Pacific Railroad to establish Exclusion Area Boundary controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or Site Evacuation.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-O1 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                 Revision 313 5.1 .8       Short Message Form Completion Guidelines 5.1.8.1     Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.
17 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.1.4 Notify St. Charles Parish when the U.S. Coast Guard and the Union Pacific Railroad are notified.5.2.1.5 The NRC shall be notified immediately after the OHL Members, but not later than one hour of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
5.1.8.2     Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 26, and 2C.
NOT_.EE The Protective Action Recommendations for Waterford 1 &2 will not always be the same as those listed for the Parish and State Agencies.5.2.1.6 Notify Waterford 1 &2 of the following site Protective Action Recommendations:
: b. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
: a. Alert -The same recommendation as those taken to protect the Waterford 3 personnel.
: b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
: b. Site Area Emergency  
: c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.
-Recommend evacuation of non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.c. General Emergency  
5.1.8.3     Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.
-Recommend evacuation of essential and non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.18 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Cornmmunications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.2.2 Notification Preparation NOTE 1. The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form or Short Message Form (as applicable).
5.1.8.4     Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.
The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.2. The Short Message Form may be used to ensure that the notification information is provided to the offsite agencies within the 15 minute requirement.
: a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.
When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.5.2.2.1 The Communicator should obtain the completed approved Notification Message Form (NMF), Attachment 7.3, or Short Message Form (SMF), Attachment 7.6, and review it for accuracy and legibility rrior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.
5.1.8.5     Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.
The Communicator should also check for the applicable requirements in sections 5.2.1.1 through 5.2.1.6.5.2.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.19 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.2.3 Transmitting Notifications to OHL Members using the NMF or SMF NOTE.1. LDEQ is not. manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This request should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.2, The St. John the BaPtist Parish Emergency Operations Center is not manned 24 hours a day.During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center answers the OHL.5.2.3.1 Transmit NMF (or SMF) via fax machine to OHL members a. Place the notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (or SMF) (time is the current time).b. Place the completed NMF (or SMF) on the fax machine and press the send button 5.2.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.5.2.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the 1st agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.b. If all OHL members have responded, the___nn respond by saying:* "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messacie number -F-I. F-2, etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__Dn please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form." 20 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then: a. After waiting a few seconds -Do not wait longer that a few seconds b. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time c. Dial the all call OHL Code number and perform 5.2.3.3 5.2.3.5 If any OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.5.2.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, then contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).NOTE If use of backup methods for offsite notifications is required, the additional communications assistance may be called out to assist in completion of offsite notifications.
: a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
5.2.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Management Resources Book, then contact the OHL member(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF (or SMF) via fax.5.2.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, then contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF) and complete Attachment 7.4.5.2.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify receipt of the NMF (or SME) via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.5.2.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and ,slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).21 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications 5.2.4 Transmitting notifications to the NRC EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 NOTE 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC. At such time, communicators will go to Step 5.2.5.2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC will require continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the.NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.3. In response to an NRC question, information will be provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
: b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, 62, C2, etc.) on Line 5B, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
5.2.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of a Notification Message Form, Attachment 7.3 of this procedure.
: c. If all Protective Response Areas that are no__t evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.
5.2.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
16
5.2.4.3 When the NRC responds, then record the time on Attachment 7.4.NOTE The NRC does not have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should not be read.5.2.4.4 Read information from the form SLOWLY.5.2.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.22 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.5 Transmitting Secondary Notifications (Establish EAB Controls)5.2.5.1 The Secondary Notifications should be made using Attachment 7.3 and Attachment 7.9 of this procedure.
 
NOTE.The notification for St. Charles Parish and St. John Parish to establish EAB controls and to inform them of which assembly area will be utilized at a site evacuation should be included, on the NMF or SMF transmittal informing them of the emergency declaration.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                               EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                     Revision 313 5.1.8.6     Line 6: Enter the following:
5.2.5.2 The following agencies should be notified to establish EAB controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or if a Site Evacuation has been implemented:
: a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
: a. St. Charles Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6), b. St. John the Baptist Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6), c. U.S. Coast Guard (use Attachment 7.9), and d. Union Pacific Railroad (use Attachment 7.9).5.2.5.3 Refer to the Emergency Management Resources Book for telephone numbers.5.2.5.4 St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish should be informed of site evacuation activities and informed of the selected offsite assembly area, whenever a site evacuation is implemented.
: b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
5.2.5.5 Other agencies may be notified as deemed appropriate by the Emergency Director.5.2.5.6 Update Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log, upon notification of each agency.23 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.3 Subsequent Notifications NOTE In accordance with agreements, 60 minute updates to Operational Hotiine Members are automatically relaxed during severe weather events. If a change in emergency classification or change in Protective Action Recommendations has occurred, then notifications should be made in accordance with Section 5.2 of this procedure.
: c. Emergency Action Level (EAL)
5.3.1 Subsequent Notification Guidelines 5.3.1.1 The OHL Members should be updated approximately every 60 minutes using an approved NMF. The SMF should no_.t be used for these 60 minute updates.5.3.1.2 The OHL Members may elect to establish a less restrictive time requirement for updates at the Unusual Event or Alert emergency classification if conditions warrant. The relaxed time requirement must be mutually agreed upon by St. Charles EOC, St. John EOC, LDEQ and GOHSEP, a Waterford 1 &2 does not provide input on relaxed time requirements.
: d. Exclusion Area Boundary Controls
24 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications 5,3.2 Subsequent Notification Preparation EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 N OTE.The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form. The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.5.3.2.1 The Communicator obtains the completed approved Notification Message Form (NM F), Attachment 7.3 and reviews it for accuracy and legibility prior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.5.3.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.25 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 5.3.3 Transmitting Subsequent Notifications to OHL members using the NMF.NOTE 1.LDEQ is no__t manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.2. The St. John the Baptist Parish Emergency Operations Center is nott manned 24 hours a day.During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center will answer the OHL.5.3.3.1 Transmit NMF via fax machine to OHL members.a.b.Place notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (time is the current time).Place the completed NMF on the fax machine and press the send button.5.3.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.5.3.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the Ilt agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.b. If all OHL members have responded, the__n respond by saying: "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messagqe number -F-l. F-2. etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__n please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form." 26 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then: a. After waiting a few seconds -Do not wait longer than a few seconds c. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time d. Dial the all call OHL Code Number and perform 5.3.3.3 5.3.3.5 If an OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.5.3.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, th_.n contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL an slowly read the information on the NMF.5.3.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Manageinent Resources Book, then contact the OHL members(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF via fax and complete Attachment 7.4.5.3.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, the~n contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.5.3.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify Receipt of the NMF via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.5.3.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.27 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 NOTE 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC, 2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC requires continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.3. In response to an NRC question, information is provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
: e. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford I1&2 if different than the PARs for the State and Parishes.
5.3.4 The NRC should be updated regarding significant worsening conditions of the plant as requested.
: f. If applicable, irnplemantion of evacuation for Waterford 3 non-essential personnel     - including which offsite assembly area is used.
Subsequent Notifications to the NRC will be made as follows: 5.3.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of Attachment 7.3.5.3.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for the NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
5.1.8.7     Evaluate for a Release by using the flow chart in step 5.1.7.9.
NOTE The NRC does no._t have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should no._t be read.5.3.4.3 When the NRC responds, the._nn record the time on Attachment 7.4.5.3.4.4 Read the information from the form SLOWLY.5.3.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.28 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance NOTE Limit the information transmitted offsite to only that on the approved Communications Form.Questions or requests for additional information should be documented on Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50 and referred to the appropriate emergency organization group for response.5.4.1 Medical: Request for offsite transportation or treatment:
5.1.8.8       Line 8: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.
Use UNT-007.-018.
5.2       Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations 5.2.1     Notification Requirements 5.2.1.1       Notify the Operational Hotline (OHL) Members by transmitting the NMF by fax machine as soon as possible, but within 15 minutes of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
5.4.1.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.5.4.2 Fire: Use FP-001-020.
5.2.1.2       Notify St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish of a site evacuation and which assembly area is utilized, as appropriate, AND 5.2.1.3       Notify St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, U.S. Coast Guard and Union Pacific Railroad to establish Exclusion Area Boundary controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or Site Evacuation.
5.4.2.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.5.4.3 Other: Requests for offsite assistance from other agencies should be made as directed by the Emergency Director.29 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS 6.1 The emergency situation has been terminated.
17
6.2 Forwarding of the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC has been canceled.
 
Refer to Attachment 7.1 for guidance.6.3 Documentation reviewed to ensure signatures, dates, times and other appropriate information is complete and legible and provided to the appropriate facility manager.6.4 All documentation generated should be collected and forwarded to Emergency Planning.6.5 All organizations and agencies communicated with during the course of the event have been notified of the event termination.
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.2.1.4       Notify St. Charles Parish when the U.S. Coast Guard and the Union Pacific Railroad are notified.
30 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical)7.4. Offsite Communications Log (Typical)7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)7.6 Short Message Form (Typical)7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical)7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical)8.0 RECORDS 8.1 The following records are generated as a result of this procedure.
5.2.1.5       The NRC shall be notified immediately after the OHL Members, but not later than one hour of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.
* Attachment 7.1, Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)* Attachment 7.3, Notification Message Form (Typical)* Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log (Typical)* Attachment 7.6, Short Message Form (Typical)* Attachment 7.9, Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical)31 TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)1. The Emergency Communicator should provide the following documentation:
NOT_.EE The Protective Action Recommendations for Waterford 1&2 will not always be the same as those listed for the Parish and State Agencies.
El a. Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms O] b. Communications Logs transmitted or received O] c. Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log O] d. Copy of the Emergency Communicator narrative Facility Log 2. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the ENS Communicator:
5.2.1.6       Notify Waterford 1&2 of the following site Protective Action Recommendations:
O] a. Emergency Classification___________________
: a. Alert - The same recommendation as those taken to protect the Waterford 3 personnel.
o] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
: b. Site Area Emergency     - Recommend evacuation of non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.
O] c. Primary communications circuits in use: El ENS Line El e. Alternate communications circuits in use: El Industrial Hotline El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):____________________________
: c. General Emergency     - Recommend evacuation of essential and non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.
O] f. Other Offsite agencies notified:___________________________
18
El g. Communications problems experienced:______________________
 
EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (1 of 3)32 TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)3. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the EOF Offsite Communicator:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmmunications                                                                Revision 313 5.2.2       Notification Preparation NOTE
El a. Emergency Classification:
: 1. The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form or Short Message Form (as applicable). The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.
_________________
: 2. The Short Message Form may be used to ensure that the notification information is provided to the offsite agencies within the 15 minute requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.
O] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
5.2.2.1     The Communicator should obtain the completed approved Notification Message Form (NMF),
El c. Time next Notification Message Form is due to be transmitted:___________
Attachment 7.3, or Short Message Form (SMF), Attachment 7.6, and review it for accuracy and legibility rrior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies. The Communicator should also check for the applicable requirements in sections 5.2.1.1 through 5.2.1.6.
O] d. Primary communications circuits in use: El Operational Hotline El e. Alternate communications circuits in use: El Industrial Hotline.El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):___________________________
5.2.2.2     If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.
El f. Other Offsite agencies notified:
19
_________________________
 
[] g. Communication problems experienced:______________________
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                               EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                  Revision 313 5.2.3       Transmitting Notifications to OHL Members using the NMF or SMF NOTE.
EP-002-O1 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (2 of 3)33 TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)4. Forward the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC (2500 extension).
: 1. LDEQ is not. manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This request should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.
This action should only be completed if the TSC is activated from the primary location.
2,   The St. John the BaPtist Parish Emergency Operations Center is not manned 24 hours a day.
Proceed as follows: a. With receiver in cradle, press the CFwdALL button. After two beeps sound, enter 2500. Once the number is entered the phone will automatically return to the display window. The display window will read FORWARD TO 2500.b. To cancel the Forward function, press the CFwdALL button once. It will return the phone to the display window and it will no longer read FORWARD TO 2500.Emergency Communicator Date/Time EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (3 of 3)34 NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)1. THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-Next Sequnentlal Number (OHL CODE NO.) Communicator 0HL #2. A. Notification Time/ Current Date B. COMM: Communicator Name C. TEL NO. Communicator PABX #(TIM E/DATE) (NAM E)3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center answers the OHL.
A. 0] NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. 0] GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASS IFICATION DECLARATION/TERMI NATI ON Time/Date:
5.2.3.1   Transmit NMF (or SMF) via fax machine to OHL members
Time of Declaration.
: a. Place the notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (or SMF) (time is the current time).
Declass..
: b. Place the completed NMF (or SMF) on the fax machine and press the send button 5.2.3.2   Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.
Terminationi Date 5.RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).B. 0] EVACUATE Provide Specific Protective Response Areas 5] MONITOR AND PREPARE Enter "Monitor and Prepare All Remaining Protective Response Areas" or Provide Specific Protective Response Areas El SHELTER Provide So~ecific Protective Response Areas 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS:
5.2.3.3   As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".
Provide Emergency Classification Initiatingq Condition (IC) #
: a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the 1st agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
: b. If all OHL members have responded, the___nn respond by saying:* "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messacie number       - F-I. F-2, etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__Dn please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."
20
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                                 EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                     Revision 313 5.2.3.4       If all OHL members have not responded, then:
: a.       After waiting a few seconds   - Do not wait longer that a few seconds
: b.       Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
: c.       Dial the all call OHL Code number and perform 5.2.3.3 5.2.3.5     If any OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.
5.2.3.6     If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, then contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).
NOTE If use of backup methods for offsite notifications is required, the additional communications assistance may be called out to assist in completion of offsite notifications.
5.2.3.7     If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Management Resources Book, then contact the OHL member(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF (or SMF) via fax.
5.2.3.8     If the fax and the OHL are not working, then contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF) and complete Attachment 7.4.
5.2.3.9     If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify receipt of the NMF (or SME) via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.
5.2.3.10     If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and ,slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).
21
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                   Revision 313 5.2.4   Transmitting notifications to the NRC NOTE
: 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC. At such time, communicators will go to Step 5.2.5.
: 2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC will require continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the.
NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.
: 3. In response to an NRC question, information will be provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
5.2.4.1       Obtain the latest approved copy of a Notification Message Form, Attachment 7.3 of this procedure.
5.2.4.2       Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
5.2.4.3       When the NRC responds, then record the time on Attachment 7.4.
NOTE The NRC does not have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should not be read.
5.2.4.4     Read information from the form SLOWLY.
5.2.4.5     After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.
22
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 5.2.5     Transmitting Secondary Notifications (Establish EAB Controls) 5.2.5.1     The Secondary Notifications should be made using Attachment 7.3 and Attachment 7.9 of this procedure.
NOTE.
The notification for St. Charles Parish and St. John Parish to establish EAB controls and to inform them of which assembly area will be utilized at a site evacuation should be included, on the NMF or SMF transmittal informing them of the emergency declaration.
5.2.5.2     The following agencies should be notified to establish EAB controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or if a Site Evacuation has been implemented:
: a. St. Charles Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
: b. St. John the Baptist Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
: c. U.S. Coast Guard (use Attachment 7.9), and
: d. Union Pacific Railroad (use Attachment 7.9).
5.2.5.3     Refer to the Emergency Management Resources Book for telephone numbers.
5.2.5.4     St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish should be informed of site evacuation activities and informed of the selected offsite assembly area, whenever a site evacuation is implemented.
5.2.5.5     Other agencies may be notified as deemed appropriate by the Emergency Director.
5.2.5.6     Update Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log, upon notification of each agency.
23
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                              Revision 313 5.3       Subsequent Notifications NOTE In accordance with agreements, 60 minute updates to Operational Hotiine Members are automatically relaxed during severe weather events. If a change in emergency classification or change in Protective Action Recommendations has occurred, then notifications should be made in accordance with Section 5.2 of this procedure.
5.3.1     Subsequent Notification Guidelines 5.3.1.1     The OHL Members should be updated approximately every 60 minutes using an approved NMF. The SMF should no_.t be used for these 60 minute updates.
5.3.1.2     The OHL Members may elect to establish a less restrictive time requirement for updates at the Unusual Event or Alert emergency classification if conditions warrant. The relaxed time requirement must be mutually agreed upon by St. Charles EOC, St. John EOC, LDEQ and GOHSEP, a   Waterford 1&2 does not provide input on relaxed time requirements.
24
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                           EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                 Revision 313 5,3.2     Subsequent Notification Preparation N OTE.
The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form. The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.
5.3.2.1     The Communicator obtains the completed approved Notification Message Form (NM F),
Attachment 7.3 and reviews it for accuracy and legibility prior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.
5.3.2.2     If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.
25
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                               EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                    Revision 313 5.3.3     Transmitting Subsequent Notifications to OHL members using the NMF.
NOTE 1.LDEQ is no__t manned 24 hours a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.
: 2. The St. John the Baptist Parish Emergency Operations Center is nott manned 24 hours a day.
During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center will answer the OHL.
5.3.3.1       Transmit NMF via fax machine to OHL members.
: a. Place notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (time is the current time).
: b. Place the completed NMF on the fax machine and press the send button.
5.3.3.2     Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.
5.3.3.3     As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".
: a.       If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the Ilt agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
: b.       If all OHL members have responded, the__n respond by saying: "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messagqe number       - F-l. F-2. etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__n please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."
26
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                               Revision 313 5.3.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then:
: a. After waiting a few seconds - Do not wait longer than a few seconds
: c. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
: d. Dial the all call OHL Code Number and perform 5.3.3.3 5.3.3.5   If an OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.
5.3.3.6   If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, th_.n contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL an slowly read the information on the NMF.
5.3.3.7   If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Manageinent Resources Book, then contact the OHL members(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF via fax and complete Attachment 7.4.
5.3.3.8   If the fax and the OHL are not working, the~n contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.
5.3.3.9   If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify Receipt of the NMF via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.
5.3.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.
27
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                             EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                                  Revision 313 NOTE
: 1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC,
: 2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC requires continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.
: 3. In response to an NRC question, information is provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.
5.3.4     The NRC should be updated regarding significant worsening conditions of the plant o* as requested.
Subsequent Notifications to the NRC will be made as follows:
5.3.4.1     Obtain the latest approved copy of Attachment 7.3.
5.3.4.2       Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for the NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).
NOTE The NRC does no._t have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should no._t be read.
5.3.4.3     When the NRC responds, the._nn record the time on Attachment 7.4.
5.3.4.4       Read the information from the form SLOWLY.
5.3.4.5     After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.
28
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                       EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 5.4     Requests for Offsite Assistance NOTE Limit the information transmitted offsite to only that on the approved Communications Form.
Questions or requests for additional information should be documented on Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50 and referred to the appropriate emergency organization group for response.
 
====5.4.1 Medical====
Request for offsite transportation or treatment: Use UNT-007.-018.
5.4.1.1     Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.
5.4.2     Fire: Use FP-001-020.
5.4.2.1     Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.
 
====5.4.3 Other====
Requests for offsite assistance from other agencies should be made as directed by the Emergency Director.
29
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                     EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                           Revision 313 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS 6.1     The emergency situation has been terminated.
6.2     Forwarding of the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC has been canceled. Refer to Attachment 7.1 for guidance.
6.3     Documentation reviewed to ensure signatures, dates, times and other appropriate information is complete and legible and provided to the appropriate facility manager.
6.4     All documentation generated should be collected and forwarded to Emergency Planning.
6.5     All organizations and agencies communicated with during the course of the event have been notified of the event termination.
30
 
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure                                                         EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications                                                             Revision 313 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1     Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical) 7.2     Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example) 7.3     Notification Message Form (Typical) 7.4. Offsite Communications Log (Typical) 7.5     Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example) 7.6     Short Message Form (Typical) 7.7     Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical) 7.8     Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical) 7.9     Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS 8.1     The following records are generated as a result of this procedure.
* Attachment 7.1, Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)
* Attachment 7.3, Notification Message Form (Typical)
* Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log (Typical)
* Attachment 7.6, Short Message Form (Typical)
* Attachment 7.9, Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 31
 
TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)
: 1. The Emergency Communicator should provide the following documentation:
El   a. Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms O]   b. Communications Logs transmitted or received O]   c. Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log O]   d. Copy of the Emergency Communicator narrative Facility Log
: 2. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the ENS Communicator:
O]   a. Emergency Classification___________________
o]   b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
O]   c. Primary communications circuits in use:
El ENS Line El   e. Alternate communications circuits in use:
El Industrial Hotline El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):____________________________
O]   f. Other Offsite agencies notified:___________________________
El   g. Communications problems experienced:______________________
EP-002-01O Revision 313                                                           Attachment 7.1 (1 of 3) 32
 
TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)
: 3. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the EOF Offsite Communicator:
El   a. Emergency Classification: _________________
O]   b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:
El   c. Time next Notification Message Form is due to be transmitted:___________
O]   d. Primary communications circuits in use:
El Operational Hotline El   e. Alternate communications circuits in use:
El Industrial Hotline.
El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):___________________________
El   f. Other Offsite agencies notified: _________________________
[]   g. Communication problems experienced:______________________
EP-002-O1 0 Revision 313                                                         Attachment 7.1 (2 of 3) 33
 
TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)
: 4. Forward the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC (2500 extension). This action should only be completed if the TSC is activated from the primary location. Proceed as follows:
: a. With receiver in cradle, press the CFwdALL button. After two beeps sound, enter 2500. Once the number is entered the phone will automatically return to the display window. The display window will read FORWARD TO 2500.
: b. To cancel the Forward function, press the CFwdALL button once. It will return the phone to the display window and it will no longer read FORWARD TO 2500.
Emergency Communicator                                           Date/Time EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.1 (3 of 3) 34
 
NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)
: 1. THIS IS       WATERFORD 3                                                                         WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-Next Sequnentlal Number (OHL CODE NO.)   Communicator 0HL #
: 2. A. Notification Time/ Current Date                                           B. COMM:         Communicator Name             C. TEL NO. Communicator PABX #
(TIM E/DATE)                                                                           (NAM E)
: 3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
A. 0] NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT                                   C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY                       E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT                                                         D. 0] GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASS IFICATION DECLARATION/TERMI NATI ON Time/Date: Time of Declaration. Declass..                                           Terminationi Date 5.
RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).
B. 0] EVACUATE                         Provide Specific Protective Response Areas 5] MONITOR AND PREPARE Enter "Monitor and Prepare All Remaining Protective Response Areas" or Provide Specific Protective Response Areas El SHELTER       Provide So~ecific Protective Response Areas
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS: Provide Emergency Classification Initiatingq Condition (IC)#
* Brief descriotion of the reason for classification, declassification or termination
* Brief descriotion of the reason for classification, declassification or termination
* Exclusion Area Boundary controls
* Exclusion Area Boundary controls
* Waterford I & 2 PAR
* Waterford I & 2 PAR
* Site Evacuation
* Site Evacuation
* Which Assembly Area.7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date:
* Which Assembly Area.
Time of Reactor Shutdown/
: 7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO                             El YES         Time/Date:     Time of Reactor Shutdown/ Date of Reactor Shutdown
Date of Reactor Shutdown 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: A. Wind Direction FROM Direction Wind is Coming From Degrees at Wind Speed MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R): Enter the 3 Affected Compass Sectors C. Stability Class (A-G): Enter Stability Class Letter D. Precipitation:
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_________
A. Wind Direction FROM Direction Wind is Coming From Degrees at Wind Speed MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):                   Enter the 3Affected Compass Sectors C. Stability Class (A-G):                   Enter Stability Class Letter D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_________
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
A. 0] No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at Enter Time Release Started (time) Release stopped at Enter Time Release Stooped (time)Release duration Enter Length of Time of Release hrs. (actual or expected)10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. El Radioactive Gases B. 0] Radioactive Airbomne Particulates C. 0] Radioactive Liquids 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES _________Ci/s B. IODINES _ ____________Ci/s
A. 0] No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)Site Boundary _____5 miles _____ Site Boundary _____5 miles _____2 miles _____ 10 miles _____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: _______________TITLE:______________
B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at Enter Time Release Started (time)                                 Release stopped at Enter Time Release Stooped (time)
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.2 (1 of 1)35 NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)1. TI-2. A.-IIS IS WATERFOF/ B. COMM: (TI ME/DATE)WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____(OHL CODE NO.)______
Release duration Enter Length of Time of Release hrs. (actual or expected)
C. TEL NO. ______(NAME)3.4.5.EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. El ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:I RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).B. El EVACUATE El MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________________
A. El Radioactive Gases                   B. 0] Radioactive Airbomne Particulates                       C. 0] Radioactive Liquids
El SHELTER 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:
: 11. RELEASE RATE:
: 7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date:  
A. NOBLE GASES           _________Ci/s                               B. IODINES     _     ____________Ci/s
/8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: A. Wind Direction FROM _____________Degrees at B. Sectors Affected (A-R):___________________
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:
C. Stability Class (A-G): D. Precipitation:
A. Projections for     _____hours               based on:         El Field Data         El Plant Data         El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)                                         C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)
El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other MPH 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
Site Boundary     _____5                 miles _____                       Site Boundary       _____5           miles _____
A. El No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at ________(time)
2 miles _____                         10 miles _____                       2 miles ______                   10 miles _____
Release stopped at _________(time)
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                     _______________TITLE:______________
Release duration __________hrs. (actual or expected)10. TYPE OF RELEASE: A. 0] Radioactive Gases 11. RELEASE RATE: A. NOBLE GASES __B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactive Liquids Ci/s B. IODINES Ci/s 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE: A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _ ____Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _____2 miles __ ___10 miles _ ____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITLE: EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.3 (1 of 1)36 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL)Date: Page of CLASSIFICATION I I MESSAGE NUMBER-r-r 1 1 OHL Members A L L C L A S S F C A T 0 N S R E a U R E 0 N 0 T F C A T 0 N S St. Charles EOC St. John EOC LDEQ GOHSEP Waterford 1& 2 US NIRC S E A A US Coast Guard E B O C R 0O_ _ _ __ _ _ _N H T Union Pacific R.R.I R G 0 H L E R ________________________
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                                           Attachment 7.2 (1 of 1) 35
__________
 
A S D__________
NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)
__________
: 1. TI- -IIS IS                                         WATERFOF                             WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____
E E M E 0 0 T H _________N E E R C E S S A R Y ____________
(OHL CODE NO.)______
__________
: 2. A.                  /                              B. COMM:                                                    C. TEL NO. ______
_________See Emergency Management Resources Book for agency phone numbers.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.4 (1 of 1)37 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)1.0 HEADING 1.1 Enter the DATE.NOTE Complete the "of ____" section of "Page_____of
(TI ME/DATE)                                                    (NAME)
____"at midnight or when the facility is deactivated.
: 3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
1.2 Enter the Page Number.2.0 OPERATIONS 2.1 Enter the current emergency classification.
A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT                             C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY                       E. El TERMINATED B. El ALERT                                                     D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY
NOTE All Notification Message Forms/Short Message Forms transmitted to Operational Hotline Members will be numbered "F-i," "F-2", "F-3", etc. in increasing sequential order.2.2 Message Number -Enter assigned message number.2.3 OHL Members -Enter initial and time for each logged message number if OHL agencies are contacted by "ALL CALL".2.4 Enter Initial and time in each respective OHL Member block if contacted individually for each logged message number.2.5 Enter Initial and time in the respective block for each agency contacted for each logged message number.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (1 of 3)38 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)2.6 For message received.2.6.1 Enter the current emergency classification 2.6.2 Enter the Message Number and "iN" (for incoming) in the MESSAGE NUMBER block.2.6.3 Enter initials and time in the respective block for the agency from which the message was received.2.7 Use the OTHER blocks.2.7.1 For an agency which you are frequently communicating with enter the name in the column with the listed agencies.
: 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:I
Then use the form as per 2.1 -2.6.2.7.2 For an agency which is infrequently communicated with, divide the block diagonally and place the agencies' name above the line and time and initials below the line.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (2 of 3)39 OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)Date: 7-8-93 Page of CLASSIFICATION
: 5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
________ _A&i&i MESSAGE NUMBER IF-1 C-1 C-2 IN F-2 L .4.OHL Members 0917 A L L C L A S S F C A T 0 N S LDE 085 085 Taefr 0850 St. Charles EOC 2nPl?0850 St. John EOC~GJO~0857 LOEQ 1I~P 0850 GOHSEP 0850 Waterford 1&2 0915 US NRC S E 0907 A A US Coast Guard E B N H T Union Pacific RR.I R G O H L E R __________
A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).
0912 E E ER C See Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite for agency phone numbers.EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (3 of 3)40 SHORT MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)1.THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____(OHL CODE NO.)______
B. El EVACUATE El MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________________
: 2. A. I B. COMM: ____ ________C.
El SHELTER
TEL NO.______(TI ME/DATE) (NAME)3, EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:i A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. 0] SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:  
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:
/RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS: 5, A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).B. 0] EVACUATE O] MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________
: 7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO                             El YES   Time/Date:                         /
__________
: 8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
El SHELTER 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE:
A.Wind Direction FROM             _____________Degrees                           at                               MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):___________________
C. Stability Class (A-G):
D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other
: 9. RELEASE INFORMATION:
A. El No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)
B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at ________(time)                               Release stopped at   _________(time)
Release duration     __________hrs.                 (actual or expected)
: 10. TYPE OF RELEASE:
A. 0] Radioactive Gases                 B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates             C. El Radioactive Liquids
: 11. RELEASE RATE:
A. NOBLE GASES          __
Ci/s     B. IODINES                                               Ci/s
: 12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:
A. Projections for   _____hours               based on: El Field Data         El Plant Data             El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)                                 C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)
Site Boundary _ ____                 5 miles _ ____Site                 Boundary _ ____               5 miles _____
2 miles __     ___10                   miles _ ____               2 miles ______                     10 miles _____
: 13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                                                                       TITLE:
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                                           Attachment 7.3 (1 of 1) 36
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL)
Date:                                                                 Page           of CLASSIFICATION MESSAGE NUMBER I             I
-r-r                                               1                 1 OHL Members A   R            St. Charles EOC L   E L   a U
C L     R              St. John EOC A   E S   0 S
F                       LDEQ C   N A   0 T    T 0
F                GOHSEP N
S   C A
T Waterford 1& 2 0
N S
US NIRC S   E A   A             US Coast Guard E   B O   C R   0O_                                                     _ _ __                           _ _ _
N H   T           Union Pacific R.R.
I   R G   0 H   L E
R ________________________                                           __________
A S
D__________                                                                           __________
E E
M E   0 0   T H                                             _________
N    E E   R C
E S
S A
R Y         ____________             __________     _________
See Emergency Management Resources Book for agency phone numbers.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.4 (1 of 1) 37
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 1.0 HEADING 1.1   Enter the DATE.
NOTE Complete the "of     ____"     section of "Page_____of ____"at midnight or when the facility is deactivated.
1.2   Enter the Page Number.
2.0 OPERATIONS 2.1   Enter the current emergency classification.
NOTE All Notification Message Forms/Short Message Forms transmitted to Operational Hotline Members will be numbered "F-i," "F-2", "F-3", etc. in increasing sequential order.
2.2   Message Number - Enter assigned message number.
2.3   OHL Members       - Enter initial and time for each logged message number if OHL agencies are contacted by "ALL CALL".
2.4   Enter Initial and time in each respective OHL Member block if contacted individually for each logged message number.
2.5   Enter Initial and time in the respective block for each agency contacted for each logged message number.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                               Attachment 7.5 (1 of 3) 38
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 2.6     For message received.
2.6.1         Enter the current emergency classification 2.6.2   Enter the Message Number and "iN" (for incoming) in the MESSAGE NUMBER block.
2.6.3   Enter initials and time in the respective block for the agency from which the message was received.
2.7     Use the OTHER blocks.
2.7.1   For an agency which you are frequently communicating with enter the name in the column with the listed agencies. Then use the form as per 2.1     - 2.6.
2.7.2   For an agency which is infrequently communicated with, divide the block diagonally and place the agencies' name above the line and time and initials below the line.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                                 Attachment 7.5 (2 of 3) 39
 
OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)
Date:           7-8-93                                                 Page               of CLASSIFICATION                           ________     _A&i&i MESSAGE NUMBER                 IF-1                 C-1       C-2 IN                 F-2 L               .4.
0917 OHL Members 0850 A             St. Charles EOC L
L                                             2nPl?
C 0850 L               St. John EOC A
S                                             ~GJO~
S                     LDE 0857 F                     LOEQ 085 C                                             1I~P A
T 0                                   0850 085    GOHSEP N
Taefr S
0850 Waterford 1&2 0915 US NRC S   E                                                 0907 A   A         US Coast Guard E   B N
H   T       Union Pacific RR.
I   R G   O H   L E
R                                                                                   __________
0912 E
E ER C
See Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite for agency phone numbers.
EP-002-010 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.5 (3 of 3) 40
 
SHORT MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) 1.THIS IS                                     WATERFORD 3                                 WITH MESSAGE (OHL CODE    NUMBER   F-_____
NO.)______
: 2. A.                     I                         B.COMM:           ____         ________C.                         TEL NO.______
(TI ME/DATE)                                                 (NAME) 3,   EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:i A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT                           C. 0] SITE AREA EMERGENCY                       E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT                                                   D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:                                                           /
RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:
5, A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).
B. 0] EVACUATE O] MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________                                                                     __________
El SHELTER
: 6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE:
Initiating Conditions (IC) I Emergency Action Level (EAL) #:__________________________
Initiating Conditions (IC) I Emergency Action Level (EAL) #:__________________________
IC / EAL
IC / EAL
Line 516: Line 1,287:
== Description:==
== Description:==


Exclusion Area Boundary Controls o] NO controls required at this time El St Charles and St. John are requested to control road traffic.O] Railroad and Coast Guard will be notified to control river and rail traffic Waterford 1l& 2 Recommendations:
Exclusion Area Boundary Controls o] NO   controls required at this time El St Charles and St. John are requested to control road traffic.
O] No recommendations at this time O] Recommend evacuating all non-essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River El Recommend evacuating all non-essential and essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River Waterford 3 Actions: O] No actions at this time El Implementing evacuation of all non-essential personnel to: MONSANTO PARK I ST JOHN THE BAPTIST CATHOLIC CHURCH (circle one)COMMENTS: 7, RELEASE INFORMATION:
O] Railroad and Coast Guard will be notified to control river and rail traffic Waterford 1l&2 Recommendations:
A. 0] No RELEASE B. El A RELEASE is occurring 0] BELOW / El ABOVE federally approved operating limits Release started at ________(time)
O] No recommendations at this time O] Recommend evacuating all non-essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River El Recommend evacuating all non-essential and essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River Waterford 3 Actions:
Release duration -El expected _________hrs.
O] No actions at this time El Implementing evacuation of all non-essential personnel to:
or El unknown C. 0] A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED Release started at ________(time)
MONSANTO PARK I ST JOHN THE BAPTIST CATHOLIC CHURCH (circle one)
Release stopped at _________(time)
COMMENTS:
Release duration __________hrs.
7,   RELEASE INFORMATION:
: 8. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: __ ___________TITLE:
A. 0] No RELEASE B. El A RELEASE is occurring 0] BELOW / El ABOVE federally approved operating limits Release started at   ________(time)
EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.6 (1 of 1 )41
Release duration - El expected       _________hrs.                   or     El unknown C. 0] A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED Release started at   ________(time)                         Release stopped at     _________(time)
____________________________
Release duration   __________hrs.
ME-K(3 _NCY NOTIFICATION MATRIX (TYPICAL)S AGENCIES WHEN NOTIFICATION REQUIRED WHEN UPDATE REQUIRED COMMENTS ST. CHARLES Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a St. Charles Parish will also be requested to establish control of vehicular PARISH an emergency.
: 8. MESSAGE APPROVED BY:                 __       ___________TITLE:                                         EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EP-002-01O Revision 313                                                                                         Attachment 7.6 (1 of 1) 41
change in emergency classification or Protective traffic in the EAB after a SAE, GE or a Site Evacuation.
 
60 minute R Action Recommendations.
____________________________                           ME-K(3     _NCY NOTIFICATION MATRIX (TYPICAL)
updates are relaxed for severe weather events.E o ST. JOHN Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a The St. John EOC is only manned during normal working hours. Off-uI THE BAPTIST an emergency.
S       AGENCIES             WHEN NOTIFICATION REQUIRED                           WHEN UPDATE REQUIRED                                                     COMMENTS ST. CHARLES               Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           St. Charles Parish will also be requested to establish control of vehicular PARISH                     an emergency.                               change in emergency classification or Protective     traffic in the EAB after a SAE, GE or a Site Evacuation. 60 minute R                                                                             Action Recommendations.                               updates are relaxed for severe weather events.
change in emergency classification or Protective hours notifications will be handled by the E-911 Center. 60 minute R PARISH Action Recommendations.
E o       ST. JOHN                   Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           The St. John EOC is only manned during normal working hours. Off-uI     THE BAPTIST                 an emergency.                             change in emergency classification or Protective     hours notifications will be handled by the E-911 Center. 60 minute R       PARISH                                                                 Action Recommendations.                             updates are relaxed for severe weather events.
updates are relaxed for severe weather events.E 0 GOHSEP Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe weather events.Nan emergency.
E 0       GOHSEP                     Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           60 minute updates are relaxed for severe weather events.
change in emergency classification or Protective o Action Recommendations.
Nan                         emergency.                             change in emergency classification or Protective o                                                                             Action Recommendations.
T LDEQ Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a LDEQ is only manned during normal working hours. GOHSEP should F an emergency.
T       LDEQ                       Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           LDEQ is only manned during normal working hours. GOHSEP should F                                 an emergency.                               change in emergency classification or Protective     be requested to notify LDEQ during off-hours. When LDEQ is at EOF Action Recommendations,                               notifications are not required. 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe c                                                                                                                                   weather events.
change in emergency classification or Protective be requested to notify LDEQ during off-hours.
c       WATERFORD 1 & 2           Within 15 minutes of the declaration of     Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a           PARs for Wil&2 are the same as for W3 personnel. 60 minute updates AT                                 an emergency.                               change in emergency classification or Protective     are relaxed for severe weather events.
When LDEQ is at EOF Action Recommendations, notifications are not required.
Action Recommendations.                             ______________________________
60 minute updates are relaxed for severe c weather events.c WATERFORD 1 & 2 Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a PARs for Wil&2 are the same as for W3 personnel.
o       NRC                       Immediately after the above agencies,       Upon change in emergency classification or as       ENS Communicator notifies NRC, when staffed. NRC may require ENS Ns                                 but not later than one hour of the         requested.                                           to be continuously manned. NRC can patch ENS into any PABX emergency declaration.                                                                           telephone, if requested.
60 minute updates AT an emergency.
c   U.S.                       After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to                                                             U.S. Coast Guard is contacted directly, but St. Charles Parish must be Eo     COAST                     establish control of river traffic within                                                       informed that they have been contacted.
change in emergency classification or Protective are relaxed for severe weather events.Action Recommendations.
A   T   GUARD                     the EAB._______________                                                                                                                           ________
______________________________
B    R   UNION PACIFIC             After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to                                                             Union Pacific Railroad is contacted directiy, but St. Charles Parish must 0   RAILROAD                   establish control of rail traffic within                                                         b nomdta           hyhv       encnatd
o NRC Immediately after the above agencies, Upon change in emergency classification or as ENS Communicator notifies NRC, when staffed. NRC may require ENS Ns but not later than one hour of the requested.
_______________the      EAB.
to be continuously manned. NRC can patch ENS into any PABX emergency declaration.
F       HAHNVILLE                 As necessary to provide lire fighting                                                           HVFD will be contacted through the St. Charles Parish 911 Center.
telephone, if requested.
R     V.F.D.                     assistance.
c U.S. After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to U.S. Coast Guard is contacted directly, but St. Charles Parish must be Eo COAST establish control of river traffic within informed that they have been contacted.
E OCHSNER                   As necessary to provide medical             Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological HOSPITAL                   assistance,                                 conditions should be provided as available._______________________________
A T GUARD the EAB._______________
M       OCHSNER                   As required to provide rapid                                                                     Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in E FLIGHT                     transportation of an injured person to                                                           determining the appropriate approach to the site.
________B R UNION PACIFIC After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to Union Pacific Railroad is contacted directiy, but St. Charles Parish must 0 RAILROAD establish control of rail traffic within b nomdta hyhv encnatd_______________the EAB.F HAHNVILLE As necessary to provide lire fighting HVFD will be contacted through the St. Charles Parish 911 Center.R V.F.D. assistance.
I     CARE                       the selected hospital.
E OCHSNER As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological HOSPITAL assistance, conditions should be provided as available._______________________________
c WEST JEFFERSON             As necessary to provide medical             Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological sA     MEDICAL CENTER             assistance.                               conditions should be provided as available.
M OCHSNER As required to provide rapid Meteorological  
s     WEST JEFFERSON             As required to provide rapid                                                                     Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in S     AIR CARE                   transportation of an injured person to                                                           determining the appropriate approach to the site.
& radiological conditions should be provided to assist in E FLIGHT transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.I CARE the selected hospital.c WEST JEFFERSON As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological sA MEDICAL CENTER assistance.
  -r     __________                 the selected hospital.
conditions should be provided as available.
A     ST. CHARLES                 As necessary to provide medical           Changes in patient's medical conditions should be cN     HOSPITAL                   assistance for a non-contaminated         provided as available.
s WEST JEFFERSON As required to provide rapid Meteorological  
E                         injured person.
& radiological conditions should be provided to assist in S AIR CARE transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.-r __________
ST. CHARLES               As required to provide transportation                                                             St. Charles Ambulance Service will be requested via St. Charles Parish AMBULANCE                   of an injured person to the selected                                                             911 Center to ensure rapid response.
the selected hospital.A ST. CHARLES As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical conditions should be cN HOSPITAL assistance for a non-contaminated provided as available.
___SERVICE                     hospital.____________________________
E injured person.ST. CHARLES As required to provide transportation St. Charles Ambulance Service will be requested via St. Charles Parish AMBULANCE of an injured person to the selected 911 Center to ensure rapid response.___SERVICE hospital.____________________________
OTHER                     As directed by the EC/EOF Director.
OTHER As directed by the EC/EOF Director.AGENCIES ______________
AGENCIES                   ______________
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.7 (1 of 1 )42 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)A. NOTIFICATION AFTER EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION OR CHANGE IN PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Section 5.2)1. Notify Operational Hotline (OHL) Members and Waterford 1 &2 with in 15 minutes using Short Message Form (SMF) or Notification Message Form (NMF).a. St. Charles Parish b. St. John the Baptist Parish c. GOHSEP d. LDEQ e. Waterford 1 & 2 2. At ALERT, or higher, the Control Room Emergency Communicator should activate the EverBridge Notification System to mobilize the Onsite Emergency Organization in accordance with EP-002-01 5.3. If a SITE EVACUATION has been implemented OR a SITE AREA EMERGENCY/GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared, notify the following to establish EAB controls: a. St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish to control vehicular traffic (can be included on NMF or SMF)b. Union Pacific Railroad to control rail traffic (Attachment 7.9)c. U.S. Coast Guard to control river traffic (Attachment 7.9)4. Notify other agencies as required by the emergency conditions (i.e., Hahnville Volunteer Fire Department for fire, Ambulance for medical emergency, etc.)5. Notify NRC immediately after the above agencies (and Railroad and Coast Guard if applicable) using Attachment 7.3 (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred).
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                                                                                                       Attachment 7.7 (1 of 1) 42
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (1 of 2)43 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)6. In accordance with NEI 99-02 the following items are required to be correct on the Notification Message Form (NMF) in order for the form to be considered accurate:* Classification and PAR appropriate to the event as specified by the approved plan and implementing procedures.
 
* Initial notification form completed appropriate to the event to include-Class of emergency-EAL number-Description of emergency-Wind direction and speed-Whether offsite protective measures are necessary-Potentially affected population and areas-Whether a release is taking place-Date and time of declaration of emergency-Whether the event is a drill or actual event-Plant and/or unit as applicable B. SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATIONS (Section 5.3)1.Update OHL Members every 60 minutes using NMF, except for severe weather Events.a. St. Charles Parish b. St. John the Baptist Parish c. GOHSEP d. LDEQ e. Waterford 1 &2 2. Update the NRC as requested. (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred.)
EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)
A. NOTIFICATION AFTER EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION OR CHANGE IN PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Section 5.2)
: 1. Notify Operational Hotline (OHL) Members and Waterford 1&2 with in 15 minutes using Short Message Form (SMF) or Notification Message Form (NMF).
: a. St. Charles Parish                                             d. LDEQ
: b. St. John the Baptist Parish                                     e. Waterford 1 & 2
: c. GOHSEP
: 2. At ALERT, or higher, the Control Room Emergency Communicator should activate the EverBridge Notification System to mobilize the Onsite Emergency Organization in accordance with EP-002-01 5.
: 3. If a SITE EVACUATION has been implemented OR a SITE AREA EMERGENCY/GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared, notify the following to establish EAB controls:
: a. St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish to control vehicular traffic (can be included on NMF or SMF)
: b. Union Pacific Railroad to control rail traffic (Attachment 7.9)
: c. U.S. Coast Guard to control river traffic (Attachment 7.9)
: 4. Notify other agencies as required by the emergency conditions (i.e., Hahnville Volunteer Fire Department for fire, Ambulance for medical emergency, etc.)
: 5. Notify NRC immediately after the above agencies (and Railroad and Coast Guard if applicable) using Attachment 7.3 (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred).
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.8 (1 of 2) 43
 
EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)
: 6. In accordance with NEI 99-02 the following items are required to be correct on the Notification Message Form (NMF) in order for the form to be considered accurate:
* Classification and PAR appropriate to the event as specified by the approved plan and implementing procedures.
* Initial notification form completed appropriate to the event to include
                - Class of emergency
                - EAL number
                - Description of emergency
                - Wind direction and speed
                - Whether offsite protective measures are necessary
                - Potentially affected population and areas
                - Whether a release is taking place
                - Date and time of declaration of emergency
                - Whether the event is a drill or actual event
                - Plant and/or unit as applicable B. SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATIONS (Section 5.3) 1.Update OHL Members every 60 minutes using NMF, except for severe weather Events.
: a. St. Charles Parish                                     d. LDEQ
: b. St. John the Baptist Parish                           e. Waterford 1&2
: c. GOHSEP
: 2. Update the NRC as requested. (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred.)
: 3. Update other agencies as deemed necessary.
: 3. Update other agencies as deemed necessary.
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (2 of 2)44 NOTIFICATION TO U.S. COAST GUARD/UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD (TYPICAL)This is (Communicator's Name)Steam Electric Station.with a notification of emergency conditions at the Waterford 3 The Message No. is:__________
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                             Attachment 7.8 (2 of 2) 44
 
NOTIFICATION TO U.S. COAST GUARD/UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD (TYPICAL)
This is                                     with a notification of emergency conditions at the Waterford 3 (Communicator's Name)
Steam Electric Station.                                                 The Message No. is:__________
Date/Time is:____________
Date/Time is:____________
Emergency Declaration is: Time of Declaration was: U.S. Coast Guard: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request the establishment of a safety zone in the immediate area of Waterford 3 to control marine traffic, in accordance with your letter of agreement.
Emergency Declaration is:                                               Time of Declaration was:
Waterford 3 is located at mile marker 128.Union Pacific Railroad:
U.S. Coast Guard: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request the establishment of a safety zone in the immediate area of Waterford 3 to control marine traffic, in accordance with your letter of agreement. Waterford 3 is located at mile marker 128.
Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request control of all rail traffic in Waterford 3 nuclear power plant's Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) in Taft, Louisiana.
Union Pacific Railroad: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request control of all rail traffic in Waterford 3 nuclear power plant's Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) in Taft, Louisiana. Please halt all rail traffic in the area between Killona, Louisiana and Taft, Louisiana in accordance with your letter of agreement.
Please halt all rail traffic in the area between Killona, Louisiana and Taft, Louisiana in accordance with your letter of agreement.
Our callback number is________________
Our callback number is________________
Message is approved by: (Signature)(Title)EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.9 (1 of 1)LAST PAGE 45 A'irACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q)
Message is approved by:
SCREENING SHEET 1 0F 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010 Revision:
(Signature)
313 EquipmentfFacilitylOther:
(Title)
Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items 5. Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?
EP-002-01 0 Revision 313                                                                 Attachment 7.9 (1 of 1)
i-YES []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert 50.54(q)(3)
LAST PAGE 45
Continue to and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.Enter justification If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure below and the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is complete Part documented below: vI.Justification:
 
A'irACHMENT 9.1                                                                                   10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 0F 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010                                 Revision: 313 EquipmentfFacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
: 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
: 3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
: 4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items
: 5. Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?                                                             i-YES             []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert                 50.54(q)(3)         Continue to and Notification System Design Report?                                                           Evaluation is       next part NOT required.
Enter justification If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure                   below and the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is                 complete Part documented below:                                                                               vI.
Justification:
Li Bounding document attached (optional)
Li Bounding document attached (optional)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)
Screening.
NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening.
APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
[] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3)
[] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.
Screening.
Li One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.
Li One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3)
Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.
Screening for that portion of the activity.Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.Li One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity.
Li One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)
50.54(q)(3)
Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.
Evaluation is NOT required.
CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q)
Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q)
Part IV. Editorial Change                                                                         [*YES              [] NO 50.54(q)(3)         Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph               Evaluation is NOT   next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                                 required. Enter Justification:                                                                                   justification and complete Part VI.
Part IV. Editorial Change [] NO 50.54(q)(3)
: 1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is NOT next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? required.
: 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" The proposed changes are editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101. The first change corrects the numbering of the sections in the Table of Contents to reflect the additional page added to the procedure. The second change corrected the spelling of the word, offsite. The proposed changes do not change the intent or purpose of the procedure.
Enter Justification:
No further evaluation is needed.
justification and complete Part VI.1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page 2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" The proposed changes are editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
The first change corrects the numbering of the sections in the Table of Contents to reflect the additional page added to the procedure.
 
The second change corrected the spelling of the word, offsite. The proposed changes do not change the intent or purpose of the procedure.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                                     10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0                                 Revision: 313 Equipment/FacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II?
No further evaluation is needed.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q)
: 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1]                                                                 [
SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision:
: 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7                 [
313 Equipment/FacilitylOther:
staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets)
: 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2]                 D]
Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II?1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned.
: 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2]                             [
[1] [2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 [staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned.
: 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3]                                       D]
[2] D]4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.
: 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3]                     D]
[2] [5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D]6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D]7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] [8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the []declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.
: 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]                                       [
[5]9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions D]to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]____10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and D]Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response D]organizations.
: 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the             []
[6] ___12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel.
declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
[6] D]13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the D]plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established.
: 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions               D]
[7] _____15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response.
to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]____
[8] D]16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response.
: 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and                       D]
[8] _____17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies.
Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]
[10] _____19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available E]to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
: 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response                                 D]
[10]20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including
organizations. [6]                                                                                               ___
[those for hostile action events.[1 0]EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q)
: 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6]                                 D]
SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision:
: 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the                     D]
313 Equipment/Facility/Other:
plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____
Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications
: 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7]                           _____
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.
: 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                               D]
[11] D]22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals.
: 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                             _____
[12] [23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed.
: 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9]                             [
[131 D]24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) EZ is established.
: 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10]                                 _____
[14]25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, D]and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.
: 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available               E]
[14] __ _26. Identified weaknesses are corrected.
to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
[14] II 27. Training is provided to emergency responders.
[10]
[15] III 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established.
: 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including                 [
[16] Ii 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] III APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
those for hostile action events.[1 0]
[] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3)
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.r-11f any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3)
 
Evaluation.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                                   10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0                               Revision: 313 Equipment/Facility/Other: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chanae Items #3 and 4 from Part I: The proposed changes separate the checklist the Emergency Communicator uses to brief the TSC ENS Communicator in the TSC and the Offsite Communicator in the EOF when the emergency response facilities are activated and responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room. The checklist is used to brief the TSC ENS Communicator and the EOF Offsite Communicator of the current emergency situation.
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11]                     D]
Communication with the NRC is turned over to the ENS Communicator when the TSC is activated and the ENS Communicator accepts the responsibility.
: 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12]                                 [
If the NRC has requested to keep an open line,Athen the ENS communicator will continue to stay on the line with the NRC until directed otherwise.
: 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [131                                                                   D]
Communication with the offsite agencies will be turned over by the Emergency Communicator to the EOF when the facility is activated and the Offsite Communicator accepts the responsibility.
: 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas)                 EZ is established. [14]
By separating the checklist, the Emergency Communicator can ensure that each turnover provides accurate information in a timely manner to the responsible facility.No information or items from the checklist have been removed. The proposed changes are an enhancement to the checklist process that will eliminate transfer of unnecessary information to the facilities.
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain,               D]
The proposed change does not affect any process, responsibilities, roles, or intent of the procedure.
and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.
The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.Change Items #5 The proposed change updates the call forwarding instructions for the emergency phone number (3500), located in the Control Room. The new Cisco phone replaced an older model Cisco phone that has been phased out. The new Cisco phone performs the same functions as the previous phone. The new phone performs the call forwarding function just as the previous phone. The proposed change will reflect the new steps to perform the function.
[14]                                                                                                             __   _
The proposed change does not affect the process or intent of the procedure.
: 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14]                                                                             II
The proposed change does not affect the Emergency plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q)
: 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]                                                                   III
SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010O Revision:'"313.....  
: 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16]                                         Ii
.........fEquipmentlFacility/Other:
: 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16]                       III APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION
Water-ford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part VI. Signatures:_________
[] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.
Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature Date: Gina Taylor .,v 12/4/15 (Optional)
r-11f any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.
Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date: N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Revf,.er Signature Date: Aaron Mae/ < 1i~i~Nuclear EP Project Manager ." "....,&deg;' -Approver Name (Print) ro nature Date: EN*EP-305 REV 3}}
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chanae Items #3 and 4 from Part I:
The proposed changes separate the checklist the Emergency Communicator uses to brief the TSC ENS Communicator in the TSC and the Offsite Communicator in the EOF when the emergency response facilities are activated and responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room. The checklist is used to brief the TSC ENS Communicator and the EOF Offsite Communicator of the current emergency situation. Communication with the NRC is turned over to the ENS Communicator when the TSC is activated and the ENS Communicator accepts the responsibility. Ifthe NRC has requested to keep an open line,Athen the ENS communicator will continue to stay on the line with the NRC until directed otherwise.
Communication with the offsite agencies will be turned over by the Emergency Communicator to the EOF when the facility is activated and the Offsite Communicator accepts the responsibility. By separating the checklist, the Emergency Communicator can ensure that each turnover provides accurate information in a timely manner to the responsible facility.
No information or items from the checklist have been removed. The proposed changes are an enhancement to the checklist process that will eliminate transfer of unnecessary information to the facilities. The proposed change does not affect any process, responsibilities, roles, or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.
Change Items #5 The proposed change updates the call forwarding instructions for the emergency phone number (3500), located in the Control Room. The new Cisco phone replaced an older model Cisco phone that has been phased out. The new Cisco phone performs the same functions as the previous phone. The new phone performs the call forwarding function just as the previous phone. The proposed change will reflect the new steps to perform the function. The proposed change does not affect the process or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
 
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                             10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010O                 Revision:'"313.....           .........
fEquipmentlFacility/Other:   Water-ford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part VI. Signatures:_________
Preparer Name (Print)                         Preparer Signature             Date:
Gina Taylor                                     . II.A)i,*        ,v
* 12/4/15 0
(Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)               Reviewer Signature             Date:
N/A Reviewer Name (Print)                         Revf,.er Signature             Date:
Aaron Mae/                                             <     1i~i~
Nuclear EP Project Manager                 ."         "....,&deg;'                         -
Approver Name (Print)
* ro   nature             Date:
EN*EP-305 REV 3}}

Revision as of 03:27, 31 October 2019

Revision 313 to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure, EP-002-010, Notifications and Communications.
ML16007A046
Person / Time
Site: Waterford Entergy icon.png
Issue date: 12/16/2015
From:
Entergy Operations
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
EP-002-010, Rev 313
Download: ML16007A046 (51)


Text

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TRANSMITTAL FORM To: U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Transmittal Date: 12/16/2015 Region IV 1600 E. Lamar Blvd.

Arlington, ;TX 76011 From: Entergy - Waterford 3 Emergency Planning 17265 River Road Killona, LA 70057 Total Records/Documents 2 Transmitted:

Record / Document Number Revision Document Effective Date 1EP-002-010 (2 copies) 313 12/15/15 2E-002-010 (2 Copies) 313 12/15/15 Procedure Supporting Documents Robert Carey - 504-464-3482 Emergency Preparedness Manager

REQUEST/APPROVAL PAGE SAFETY RELATED ]oc Normal Review Class (check one):

PROCEDURE j] QUALIFIED REVIEW PROCEDURE NUMBER: EP-002-010 -*:'K;**

' 1i'_:*..*i*;xj%-*;!*-*'-:':;* *!.REVISION: 313 TITLE: Notifications and Communications PROCEDURE OWNER (Position Title): Emergency Planning Manager TERM (check one): [] PERMANENT LI TEMPORARY Effective Date I Milestone (if applicable): -i *-+-- I ¢Q2 - 5* * *' I=*I*'

Expiration Date I Milestone (if applicable): N/A PROCEDURE ACTION (check one):

[] Revision LI Deletion LI New Procedure DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION:

1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone 12 Request/Approval Page Continuation Sheet(s) attached.

(cEckE REIWPOES POne):] ~ Nra oral [ IEditorial (Revisions Correction only) [] Technical Verification (RevisionsonDiv) ______

REVIEW AND APPROVAL ACTIVITIES PRINT NAME OR SIGNATURE DATE PREPARER Gina Taylor 12/06/15 EC SUPERVISOR Administrative Review and Approval (sign) N/A N/A CROSS-DISCIPLINE N/A and .___________________________

INTERNAL N/A REVIEWS_____

(List Groups,- N/A Functions, Positions, etc.) N/A POESAPIAIIY Performed 12 PA Exclusion 0] OSOR 03-003 DETERMINATION TECHNICAL Review 0] Verification 12 Don Vincent j*'9- 15" QUALIFIED REVIEWER Review 0] Jack Lewis ,I)*

GROUP/DEPT. HEAD Review 12 Approval 0] (sign) Aaron Ertel/ *_***/./,j./*

GM, PLANT OPERATIONS Review 12 Approval 12 (sign) N/A VICE PRESIDENT, OPERATIONS Approval 12 (sign) N/A Form (W2.1 09 Revision 015)

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE-... mlmN*mmmtmtBtDBm mIIBDm*mmIm*I*Ii*BmlmlDmIImImI*miII*BI*m*mmmmmmBiIIIgDB*IIImm*mBmmIIIBBEBII*i*m*m*mmmBIlmImI1RmDIImE*I -2

2.0 REFERENCES

3.0 RESPONSIBIL )ND-IT-I---ONS *-I*n~---- ---------------- *-------m1--=--N-----------------*---------=---I~1--4N 4.0 INITIATING CC.I IE--.. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 5 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 A dm inistrative -- -........ .... .... .. . ... . .. . .... .... .... ...-... ...-... ...-. ... ............. 5 5.2 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations------ - --- ------ ----- - - -17 5.3 Subsequent Notifications--- - --- - - - 24 5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance-, ---- - - 29 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS--------------------------------............... --------------------------------------------------- *U 7.0 ATTACHMENTS-----------------...................................

7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)- 32 7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)- ----- -

35 7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical)- 36

- - - -

3A -

7.4 Offsite Communications Log (Typical)--- - - - -

7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)------

-38 7.6 Short Message Form (Typical)- ---------- 41 -

7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)--------- 42 7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical) - - - -

7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS------------------------.................................. mmlmmmmu*mm*B*m*lEmmmmliBllmml*NmmlgNiMmmmltmmEmm 31 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 1-45 Revision 313 Informational Use 1

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for making notifications to offsite agencies during a Waterford 3 SES emergency.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Waterford 3 SES Emergency Plan 2.2 State of Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan 2.3 EP-002-01 5, Emergency Responder Activation 2.4 EP-003-060, Emergency Communications Guidelines 2.5 EP-002-1 50, Emergency Plan Implementing Records 2.6 Emergency Management Resources Book 2.7 UNT-007-018, First Aid and Medical Care 2.8 FP-001-020, Fire Emergency/Fire Report 2.9 EP-003-050, Emergency Organization Documentation and Control 2.10 EP-002-052, Protective Action Guidelines 2.11 NE) 99-02, Regulatory Assessmnet Performance Indicator Guidelinie 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Shift Manager (SM) has the responsibility and authority of the Emergency Director (ED).

3.1 .1 The SM ensures the initial notifications are made, recommends offsite protective measures, and contacts the TSC Duty Emergency Plant Manager.

3.1.2 The SM continues as the ED until the EOF Duty Emergency Director properly relieves the SM as the Emergency Director.

3.2 The EOF Duty Emergency Director relieves the SM of the responsibilities of the ED.

3.2.1 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, the ED directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.

2

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 3.2.2 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.

3.2.3 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.

3.3 The EOF Emergency Director is responsible for the activation and operation of the EOF in support of the Onsite Emergency Organization.

3.3.1 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EQF, the EOF Emergency Director directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.

3.3.2 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.

3.3.3 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.

3.4 The EOF Offsite Communicator is responsible for implementation of this procedure when activities are transferred to their emergency facility.

3.5 The communications facility logs (Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50) are normally maintained by the Control Room Emergency Communicator and EQE Offsite Communicator.

3.6 The Control Room Emergency Communicator and ECE Offsite Communicator are responsible for Items 1 and 2 of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form when activities are in their designated area prior to transmittal.

3.7 The ENS Communicator is responsible for maintaining contact with the NRC on the Emergency Notification System (ENS) line when this activity is transferred.

3.8 The Shift Manager (SM)!/Emergency Director (ED) (Contol Room) and the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) have the primary responsibility for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 (as applicable) of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form.

3

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 4.0 INITIATING CONDITIONS 4.1 Declaration of 4.1.1 Unusual Event 4.1.2 Alert 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency 4.1 .4 General Emergency 4

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Administrative 5.1.1 Definitions 5.1,1.1 Call Back Number - A telephone number, or Operational Hotline code number, provided as a means for agencies to contact Waterford 3 communications personnel to discuss or ask questions regarding the emergency situation.

5.1.1.2 Communicator's Form Pack - A package of forms provided in the Control Room to assist the Emergency Communicator in the performance of notification and communications activities.

5.1.1.3 Emergency Management Resources Book - An emergency phone book which includes facility, agency, emergency Entergy Operations responder, and emergency resources phone numbers.

5.1.1.4 Emergency Notification System (ENS) - The primary dedicated phone link with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).

5.1.1.5 Industrial Hotline (IHL) - A St. Charles Parish dedicated phone system between member industries within the parish and the St. Charles Parish 911 Center and the St. Charles Emergency Operations Center (EOC).

5.1.1 .6 Operational Hotline (OHL) - A dedicated phone system between the risk parishes, State agencies, Waterford 1&2 and Waterford 3.

5.1.1.7 Operational Hotline Code Number - Each telephone (station) in the Operational Hotline system has a unique code number which can be used to contact an individual station.

5.1.1.8 Operational Hotline Members - Those organizations that are interconnected by the Operational Hotline dedicated phone system. Waterford 3 SES, Waterford 1&2, St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, Governor's Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) are Operational Hotline members.

5

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.1.9 PABX - Private Automatic Branch Exchange. This is the normal station (commercial) telephone system.

5.1.1.10 Rumor Control - A sub-organization of the Joint Information Center (JIC) with the responsibility to provide information and respond to public questions.

5.1.1.11 Verification Callback Numbers - Preestablished Control Room telephone numbers that have been provided to the Operational Hotline Members to allow for the verification of the initial notification of an emergency condition or to validate calls received of a questionable nature relating to an emergency situation at Waterford 3.

6

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.2 Documentation 5.1.2.1 Each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator maintains a narrative log on the Facility Log, Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50, which documents the following:

a. The name and initials of each communicator.
b. Problems noted with the communication systems.
c. Off-normal conditions affecting the communications aspect of the emergency.
d. Transfer of communications.
e. Offsite agency agreement to a less restrictive time requirement for subsequent notifications.
f. Requests to GOHSEP to contact LDEQ for off-hours notifications.

5.1.2.2 Attachment 7.4 should be maintained for each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator. The log includes as a minimum the following (Refer to Attachment 7.5 for an example):

a. The date.
b. One communication message per column indicating whether the message was incoming or outgoing.
c. The message number.
d. Initials of the communicator transmitting or receiving the message.
e. The time the message occurred.

7

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .3 Use of Communications Log 5.1.3.1 All incoming and outgoing messages other than those documented on a Notification Message Form, Short Message Form or Attachment 7.9 should be documented on a Communications Log (Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50).

5.1.3.2 The message recorded on the Communications Log includes the following:

a. Message Number
b. Agency or facility transmitting the message
c. Agency or facility receiving the message
d. Time message sent or received
e. Call back number (usually Communicator's PABX number) used for messages being transmitted off site.
f. OHL code number for messages being transmitted to Operational Hotline Member(s).
g. The name of the individual receiving or sending the message.

5.1.3.3 The Emergency Director shall approve all messages to non-Entergy agencies prior to transmittal offsite, except for information provided to the NRC in response to a question.

a. Only responses to NRC questions on command decision-making activities which are in progress and no_.t finalized require prior approval.

8

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmunications Revision 313 5.1.4 Verification Calls 5.1.4.1 Initial contact with the Operational Hotline members or the NRC, which are made or received over PABX telephone lines may be verified by the receiver of the message.

5.1.4.2 When Waterford 3 is the message transmitter, then the receiver of the message may at their discretion call back and verify the validity of the message on the pre-established verification call back numbers provided to the agencies.

5.1.4.3 Phone calls of a questionable nature received by Waterford 3 SES should be verified with the calling agency using the numbers listed in the Emergency Management Resources Book.

5.1.4.4 Verification calls are logged in accordance with EP-002-1 50 or on Attachment 7.4.

5.1.5 Message Numbering System NOTE Replies to messages received and documented on a Communications Log do not require the assignment of an individual message number. The reply is recorded on the bottom section of the Communications Log and transmitted using the original message number.

5.1.5.1 All messages transmitted or received should be assigned a unique number to allow for in-house management and documentation of each message.

5.1.5.2 All Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms are numbered "F-i", "F-2", "F-3",

etc., in increasing sequential order.

5.1.5.3 All other messages generated or received by communicators are identified by use of an alpha designator and numbered in increasing sequential order as indicated below:

a. Control Room Communicators - C-i, C-2, etc.,
b. TSC Communicators - TSC-1, TSC-2, etc.,

C. EOF Communicators - EOF-1, EOF-2, etc.

9

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.6 Notification Message Form (NMF) Completion Requirements NOTE If a change in emergency classification or change in protective action recommendations occurs, then the Short Message Form (Attachment 7.6) may be used. to ensure that the notification to offsite agencies is made within the 15 minute time requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.

5.1.6.1 Provide information, as required, for each line of the NMF (Attachment 7.3) every time a new NMF is generated. Use of the term "unchanged" is not_appropriate.

5.1 .6.1 .1 The information that has not changed should be repeated on the new form with the exception of Line 6 where a restatement of conditions is no__t required.

5.1.6.1 .2 Provide an update to plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency on the new Line 6.

5.1.6.2 If information for an Item is not known at the time of the notification (dose rates are being calculated, waiting for air sample to be counted, leak rate being calculated, etc.), then a notation should be made, in the appropriate blank(s), to indicate the status of the information.

a. The terms "Not Applicable" or "Unknown" may be used where appropriate.
b. Use the 24-hour clock.
c. "Layman's" terms should be used as much as possible and acronyms should be avoided unless they are included in the Initiating Conditions.
d. If scientific notation is Utilized, then it should be entered in accordance with the following example:

5.6 E-5 or 5.6 E+5 10

.Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7 Notification Message Form Completion Guidelines (Refer to Attachment 7.2 for an example) 5.1.7.1 Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.

5.1.7.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 2B, and 2C.

a. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.

5.1.7.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.

5.1.7.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.

a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.

5.1.7.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.

a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, B2, C2, etc.) on Line SB, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
c. If all Protective Response Areas that are not evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.

11

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.6 Line 6: Enter the following:

a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
c. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford 1&2, which are different than the PARs for the State and Parishes, may be entered in this Section.
d. Enter additional information as deemed appropriate (Example: Exclusion Area Boundary controls are requested, evacuation of Waterford 3 non-essential personnel is implemented -

including which offsite assembly area is used, etc.).

e. When updating agencies, then consider restating the IC number used to classify the emergency and provide an update of plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency.
f. Emergency Action Level (EAL) 12

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.7 Line 7: Check the appropriate 'Yes" or "No" block.

a. If the Reactor is Shutdown, then check the "Yes" block and enter the time and date of the shutdown in "Time/Date" blanks.

NOTE Use fifteen minute averaged data for the Primary Tower at 33 FT for meteorological information. If site meteorological data is unavailable, then contact the National Weather Service.

5.1.7.8 Provide the following information on Line 8:

1. The Control Room obtains meteorological information from the Plant Computer GD METDATA.
2. The TSC and EOF obtains meteorological information using Satelite Display System (SOS)

MARMOND 1.

a. Line 8A: Enter the direction the wind is coming FROM and the wind speed in MPH.
  • The wind speed is normally displayed in meters/second.
  • Multiply meters/second by 2.24 to convert to MPH.
b. Line 8B: Enter the current Compass Sectors affected, or potentially affected.
  • The Compass Sectors affected are the sector into which the wind is blowing and the adjacent sectors on either side.
  • A matrix of affected compass sectors by wind direction is provided in EP-002-052.
c. Line 8C: Enter the Stability Class for the meteorological conditions.
  • The Stability Class can be determined using the existing DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE and finding the Stability Class on the matrix provided in EP-002-050.
  • The Stability Class may also be obtained from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE.
d. Line 80: Enter whether or not there is any precipitation at the present time and the type.

13

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications

~If there was any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the Isteeayenvironment that was not bound by an Step 5.1.7.9 dtcaedicaeofriatveNO approved Release Permit, but that No Check box 9A, Evaluate for a mtratoteevrn ntccrn release has now stoosgped, then check No RELEASE_

Release thti o on ya prvdbox 90, adpoed 7

Releae Pemit A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT (Note 1)STOPPED.

(Note 1)

Are AN*Ylimits listed below being exceeded?Ye Condenser Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 7.55 E+~4ylCiisec fareseourdbttpe, -"

PRM-IRE-0002 te ne h ees tr n stop times and the actual duration Go to step 5.1.7.10 Fuel Handling Exhaust PIG (gas) 8.05 8-3 yLCiicci or orln 5 PRM-IRE-5107 A oreB Fuel Handling Building Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 1.12 E4-5 pCi seec PRM-IRE-3032 Plant Slack PIG (gas) 1.72 E-3 pCi Ico PRM-IRE-0100.1 or 100.2 Yes If a release is occurring, then Plan 755 Stck

+4 **Cisecenter RGM effuen ratl the expected duration in PRM-IRE-01 10 Plan 7.5 Er't Stck ~i sechours IVRM (eflunt ate or "unknown" for tine 9E.

Main Steam Line INote oJ_2) Any alert or alarm PRM-IRE-5500 A oreB Dry, Coaling Tower Sump 4.24 5-4 *Ci .ImI Check box 9C, PR-R-75o 76A RELEASE is occurrino Enter the time at PR-R-78o 76ABOVE federally which the release approved limits and started for line 9E.

Turbine Building Industrial Waste Sump 4.24 E-4 aLCiiml proceed. Note 1 PRM-1RE-6778 If the shift has entered OP-901-202, Steam Generator Tube Leakage or Nigh Activity, then a No release is occurring. The release must be evaluated to determine if it is above or below established limits. During a Steam Generator tube leak or tube rupture event, a release is considered Yes to be occurting until all faulted steam generators are isolated. This includes steaming a faulted Steam Generator to the Main Condenser.

Note 2 Use the Main Steam Line monitor gp) when the Condenser Exhaust Vli1GM is not available or its No reading is invalid (no flow).

Check box 9B,l A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved limits and proceed.

14

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-0100 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .7.10 Line 10: Provide the following information:

a. Line 10OA, 10OB and 10OC: Check all appropriate blocks pertaining to the type of material being released.

5.1.7.11 Line 11" Enter the applicable Noble Gas and Iodine release rate in Ci/sec. This information (and the information for line 12) may not be calculated for releases designated as below federally approved operating limits.

5.1.7.12 Line 12: Provide the following information:

a. Line 12A: Enter number of hours used to calculate Dose Projections (exposure duration).
  • If the exposure duration is not known, the..n a default value of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is used for Waterford 3.
  • Indicate whether the offsite doses are based on Field Data, Plant Data or Default (FSAR) data by checking the appropriate block.
b. Lines 12B and 12C: Enter the TEDE and CDE Thyroid Dose Commitments from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE for the appropriate distance (Site Boundary is interpreted as the EAB for Waterford 3).
  • Ensure the correct value is entered on the form. The unit is in mRem, no._t mRem/hr.

5.1.7.13 Line 13: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.

15

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-O1 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .8 Short Message Form Completion Guidelines 5.1.8.1 Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.

5.1.8.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 26, and 2C.

b. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.

5.1.8.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.

5.1.8.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.

a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.

5.1.8.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.

a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, 62, C2, etc.) on Line 5B, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
c. If all Protective Response Areas that are no__t evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.

16

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.8.6 Line 6: Enter the following:

a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
c. Emergency Action Level (EAL)
d. Exclusion Area Boundary Controls
e. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford I1&2 if different than the PARs for the State and Parishes.
f. If applicable, irnplemantion of evacuation for Waterford 3 non-essential personnel - including which offsite assembly area is used.

5.1.8.7 Evaluate for a Release by using the flow chart in step 5.1.7.9.

5.1.8.8 Line 8: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.

5.2 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations 5.2.1 Notification Requirements 5.2.1.1 Notify the Operational Hotline (OHL) Members by transmitting the NMF by fax machine as soon as possible, but within 15 minutes of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.

5.2.1.2 Notify St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish of a site evacuation and which assembly area is utilized, as appropriate, AND 5.2.1.3 Notify St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, U.S. Coast Guard and Union Pacific Railroad to establish Exclusion Area Boundary controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or Site Evacuation.

17

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.1.4 Notify St. Charles Parish when the U.S. Coast Guard and the Union Pacific Railroad are notified.

5.2.1.5 The NRC shall be notified immediately after the OHL Members, but not later than one hour of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.

NOT_.EE The Protective Action Recommendations for Waterford 1&2 will not always be the same as those listed for the Parish and State Agencies.

5.2.1.6 Notify Waterford 1&2 of the following site Protective Action Recommendations:

a. Alert - The same recommendation as those taken to protect the Waterford 3 personnel.
b. Site Area Emergency - Recommend evacuation of non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.
c. General Emergency - Recommend evacuation of essential and non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.

18

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmmunications Revision 313 5.2.2 Notification Preparation NOTE

1. The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form or Short Message Form (as applicable). The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.
2. The Short Message Form may be used to ensure that the notification information is provided to the offsite agencies within the 15 minute requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.

5.2.2.1 The Communicator should obtain the completed approved Notification Message Form (NMF),

Attachment 7.3, or Short Message Form (SMF), Attachment 7.6, and review it for accuracy and legibility rrior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies. The Communicator should also check for the applicable requirements in sections 5.2.1.1 through 5.2.1.6.

5.2.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.

19

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.3 Transmitting Notifications to OHL Members using the NMF or SMF NOTE.

1. LDEQ is not. manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This request should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.

2, The St. John the BaPtist Parish Emergency Operations Center is not manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day.

During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center answers the OHL.

5.2.3.1 Transmit NMF (or SMF) via fax machine to OHL members

a. Place the notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (or SMF) (time is the current time).
b. Place the completed NMF (or SMF) on the fax machine and press the send button 5.2.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.

5.2.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".

a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the 1st agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
b. If all OHL members have responded, the___nn respond by saying:* "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messacie number - F-I. F-2, etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__Dn please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."

20

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then:

a. After waiting a few seconds - Do not wait longer that a few seconds
b. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
c. Dial the all call OHL Code number and perform 5.2.3.3 5.2.3.5 If any OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.

5.2.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, then contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).

NOTE If use of backup methods for offsite notifications is required, the additional communications assistance may be called out to assist in completion of offsite notifications.

5.2.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Management Resources Book, then contact the OHL member(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF (or SMF) via fax.

5.2.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, then contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF) and complete Attachment 7.4.

5.2.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify receipt of the NMF (or SME) via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.

5.2.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and ,slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).

21

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.4 Transmitting notifications to the NRC NOTE

1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC. At such time, communicators will go to Step 5.2.5.
2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC will require continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the.

NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.

3. In response to an NRC question, information will be provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.

5.2.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of a Notification Message Form, Attachment 7.3 of this procedure.

5.2.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).

5.2.4.3 When the NRC responds, then record the time on Attachment 7.4.

NOTE The NRC does not have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should not be read.

5.2.4.4 Read information from the form SLOWLY.

5.2.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.

22

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.5 Transmitting Secondary Notifications (Establish EAB Controls) 5.2.5.1 The Secondary Notifications should be made using Attachment 7.3 and Attachment 7.9 of this procedure.

NOTE.

The notification for St. Charles Parish and St. John Parish to establish EAB controls and to inform them of which assembly area will be utilized at a site evacuation should be included, on the NMF or SMF transmittal informing them of the emergency declaration.

5.2.5.2 The following agencies should be notified to establish EAB controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or if a Site Evacuation has been implemented:

a. St. Charles Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
b. St. John the Baptist Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
c. U.S. Coast Guard (use Attachment 7.9), and
d. Union Pacific Railroad (use Attachment 7.9).

5.2.5.3 Refer to the Emergency Management Resources Book for telephone numbers.

5.2.5.4 St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish should be informed of site evacuation activities and informed of the selected offsite assembly area, whenever a site evacuation is implemented.

5.2.5.5 Other agencies may be notified as deemed appropriate by the Emergency Director.

5.2.5.6 Update Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log, upon notification of each agency.

23

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3 Subsequent Notifications NOTE In accordance with agreements, 60 minute updates to Operational Hotiine Members are automatically relaxed during severe weather events. If a change in emergency classification or change in Protective Action Recommendations has occurred, then notifications should be made in accordance with Section 5.2 of this procedure.

5.3.1 Subsequent Notification Guidelines 5.3.1.1 The OHL Members should be updated approximately every 60 minutes using an approved NMF. The SMF should no_.t be used for these 60 minute updates.

5.3.1.2 The OHL Members may elect to establish a less restrictive time requirement for updates at the Unusual Event or Alert emergency classification if conditions warrant. The relaxed time requirement must be mutually agreed upon by St. Charles EOC, St. John EOC, LDEQ and GOHSEP, a Waterford 1&2 does not provide input on relaxed time requirements.

24

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5,3.2 Subsequent Notification Preparation N OTE.

The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form. The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.

5.3.2.1 The Communicator obtains the completed approved Notification Message Form (NM F),

Attachment 7.3 and reviews it for accuracy and legibility prior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.

5.3.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.

25

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3.3 Transmitting Subsequent Notifications to OHL members using the NMF.

NOTE 1.LDEQ is no__t manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.

2. The St. John the Baptist Parish Emergency Operations Center is nott manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day.

During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center will answer the OHL.

5.3.3.1 Transmit NMF via fax machine to OHL members.

a. Place notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (time is the current time).
b. Place the completed NMF on the fax machine and press the send button.

5.3.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.

5.3.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".

a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the Ilt agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
b. If all OHL members have responded, the__n respond by saying: "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messagqe number - F-l. F-2. etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__n please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."

26

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then:

a. After waiting a few seconds - Do not wait longer than a few seconds
c. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
d. Dial the all call OHL Code Number and perform 5.3.3.3 5.3.3.5 If an OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.

5.3.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, th_.n contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL an slowly read the information on the NMF.

5.3.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Manageinent Resources Book, then contact the OHL members(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF via fax and complete Attachment 7.4.

5.3.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, the~n contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.

5.3.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify Receipt of the NMF via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.

5.3.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.

27

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 NOTE

1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC,
2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC requires continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.
3. In response to an NRC question, information is provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.

5.3.4 The NRC should be updated regarding significant worsening conditions of the plant o* as requested.

Subsequent Notifications to the NRC will be made as follows:

5.3.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of Attachment 7.3.

5.3.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for the NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).

NOTE The NRC does no._t have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should no._t be read.

5.3.4.3 When the NRC responds, the._nn record the time on Attachment 7.4.

5.3.4.4 Read the information from the form SLOWLY.

5.3.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.

28

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance NOTE Limit the information transmitted offsite to only that on the approved Communications Form.

Questions or requests for additional information should be documented on Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50 and referred to the appropriate emergency organization group for response.

5.4.1 Medical

Request for offsite transportation or treatment: Use UNT-007.-018.

5.4.1.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.

5.4.2 Fire: Use FP-001-020.

5.4.2.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.

5.4.3 Other

Requests for offsite assistance from other agencies should be made as directed by the Emergency Director.

29

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS 6.1 The emergency situation has been terminated.

6.2 Forwarding of the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC has been canceled. Refer to Attachment 7.1 for guidance.

6.3 Documentation reviewed to ensure signatures, dates, times and other appropriate information is complete and legible and provided to the appropriate facility manager.

6.4 All documentation generated should be collected and forwarded to Emergency Planning.

6.5 All organizations and agencies communicated with during the course of the event have been notified of the event termination.

30

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical) 7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example) 7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical) 7.4. Offsite Communications Log (Typical) 7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example) 7.6 Short Message Form (Typical) 7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical) 7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical) 7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS 8.1 The following records are generated as a result of this procedure.

  • Attachment 7.1, Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.3, Notification Message Form (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.6, Short Message Form (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.9, Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 31

TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)

1. The Emergency Communicator should provide the following documentation:

El a. Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms O] b. Communications Logs transmitted or received O] c. Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log O] d. Copy of the Emergency Communicator narrative Facility Log

2. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the ENS Communicator:

O] a. Emergency Classification___________________

o] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:

O] c. Primary communications circuits in use:

El ENS Line El e. Alternate communications circuits in use:

El Industrial Hotline El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):____________________________

O] f. Other Offsite agencies notified:___________________________

El g. Communications problems experienced:______________________

EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (1 of 3) 32

TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)

3. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the EOF Offsite Communicator:

El a. Emergency Classification: _________________

O] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:

El c. Time next Notification Message Form is due to be transmitted:___________

O] d. Primary communications circuits in use:

El Operational Hotline El e. Alternate communications circuits in use:

El Industrial Hotline.

El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):___________________________

El f. Other Offsite agencies notified: _________________________

[] g. Communication problems experienced:______________________

EP-002-O1 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (2 of 3) 33

TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)

4. Forward the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC (2500 extension). This action should only be completed if the TSC is activated from the primary location. Proceed as follows:
a. With receiver in cradle, press the CFwdALL button. After two beeps sound, enter 2500. Once the number is entered the phone will automatically return to the display window. The display window will read FORWARD TO 2500.
b. To cancel the Forward function, press the CFwdALL button once. It will return the phone to the display window and it will no longer read FORWARD TO 2500.

Emergency Communicator Date/Time EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (3 of 3) 34

NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)

1. THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-Next Sequnentlal Number (OHL CODE NO.) Communicator 0HL #
2. A. Notification Time/ Current Date B. COMM: Communicator Name C. TEL NO. Communicator PABX #

(TIM E/DATE) (NAM E)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A. 0] NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. 0] GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASS IFICATION DECLARATION/TERMI NATI ON Time/Date: Time of Declaration. Declass.. Terminationi Date 5.

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).

B. 0] EVACUATE Provide Specific Protective Response Areas 5] MONITOR AND PREPARE Enter "Monitor and Prepare All Remaining Protective Response Areas" or Provide Specific Protective Response Areas El SHELTER Provide So~ecific Protective Response Areas

6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS: Provide Emergency Classification Initiatingq Condition (IC)#
  • Brief descriotion of the reason for classification, declassification or termination
  • Exclusion Area Boundary controls
  • Waterford I & 2 PAR
  • Site Evacuation
  • Which Assembly Area.
7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date: Time of Reactor Shutdown/ Date of Reactor Shutdown
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A. Wind Direction FROM Direction Wind is Coming From Degrees at Wind Speed MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R): Enter the 3Affected Compass Sectors C. Stability Class (A-G): Enter Stability Class Letter D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_________

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. 0] No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)

B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at Enter Time Release Started (time) Release stopped at Enter Time Release Stooped (time)

Release duration Enter Length of Time of Release hrs. (actual or expected)

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. El Radioactive Gases B. 0] Radioactive Airbomne Particulates C. 0] Radioactive Liquids

11. RELEASE RATE:

A. NOBLE GASES _________Ci/s B. IODINES _ ____________Ci/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:

A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)

Site Boundary _____5 miles _____ Site Boundary _____5 miles _____

2 miles _____ 10 miles _____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: _______________TITLE:______________

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.2 (1 of 1) 35

NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)

1. TI- -IIS IS WATERFOF WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____

(OHL CODE NO.)______

2. A. / B. COMM: C. TEL NO. ______

(TI ME/DATE) (NAME)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. El ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:I
5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).

B. El EVACUATE El MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________________

El SHELTER

6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:
7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date: /
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A.Wind Direction FROM _____________Degrees at MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):___________________

C. Stability Class (A-G):

D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. El No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)

B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at ________(time) Release stopped at _________(time)

Release duration __________hrs. (actual or expected)

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. 0] Radioactive Gases B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactive Liquids

11. RELEASE RATE:

A. NOBLE GASES __

Ci/s B. IODINES Ci/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:

A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)

Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _ ____Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _____

2 miles __ ___10 miles _ ____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITLE:

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.3 (1 of 1) 36

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL)

Date: Page of CLASSIFICATION MESSAGE NUMBER I I

-r-r 1 1 OHL Members A R St. Charles EOC L E L a U

C L R St. John EOC A E S 0 S

F LDEQ C N A 0 T T 0

F GOHSEP N

S C A

T Waterford 1& 2 0

N S

US NIRC S E A A US Coast Guard E B O C R 0O_ _ _ __ _ _ _

N H T Union Pacific R.R.

I R G 0 H L E

R ________________________ __________

A S

D__________ __________

E E

M E 0 0 T H _________

N E E R C

E S

S A

R Y ____________ __________ _________

See Emergency Management Resources Book for agency phone numbers.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.4 (1 of 1) 37

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 1.0 HEADING 1.1 Enter the DATE.

NOTE Complete the "of ____" section of "Page_____of ____"at midnight or when the facility is deactivated.

1.2 Enter the Page Number.

2.0 OPERATIONS 2.1 Enter the current emergency classification.

NOTE All Notification Message Forms/Short Message Forms transmitted to Operational Hotline Members will be numbered "F-i," "F-2", "F-3", etc. in increasing sequential order.

2.2 Message Number - Enter assigned message number.

2.3 OHL Members - Enter initial and time for each logged message number if OHL agencies are contacted by "ALL CALL".

2.4 Enter Initial and time in each respective OHL Member block if contacted individually for each logged message number.

2.5 Enter Initial and time in the respective block for each agency contacted for each logged message number.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (1 of 3) 38

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 2.6 For message received.

2.6.1 Enter the current emergency classification 2.6.2 Enter the Message Number and "iN" (for incoming) in the MESSAGE NUMBER block.

2.6.3 Enter initials and time in the respective block for the agency from which the message was received.

2.7 Use the OTHER blocks.

2.7.1 For an agency which you are frequently communicating with enter the name in the column with the listed agencies. Then use the form as per 2.1 - 2.6.

2.7.2 For an agency which is infrequently communicated with, divide the block diagonally and place the agencies' name above the line and time and initials below the line.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (2 of 3) 39

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)

Date: 7-8-93 Page of CLASSIFICATION ________ _A&i&i MESSAGE NUMBER IF-1 C-1 C-2 IN F-2 L .4.

0917 OHL Members 0850 A St. Charles EOC L

L 2nPl?

C 0850 L St. John EOC A

S ~GJO~

S LDE 0857 F LOEQ 085 C 1I~P A

T 0 0850 085 GOHSEP N

Taefr S

0850 Waterford 1&2 0915 US NRC S E 0907 A A US Coast Guard E B N

H T Union Pacific RR.

I R G O H L E

R __________

0912 E

E ER C

See Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite for agency phone numbers.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (3 of 3) 40

SHORT MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) 1.THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE (OHL CODE NUMBER F-_____

NO.)______

2. A. I B.COMM: ____ ________C. TEL NO.______

(TI ME/DATE) (NAME) 3, EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:i A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. 0] SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date: /

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

5, A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).

B. 0] EVACUATE O] MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________ __________

El SHELTER

6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE:

Initiating Conditions (IC) I Emergency Action Level (EAL) #:__________________________

IC / EAL

Description:

Exclusion Area Boundary Controls o] NO controls required at this time El St Charles and St. John are requested to control road traffic.

O] Railroad and Coast Guard will be notified to control river and rail traffic Waterford 1l&2 Recommendations:

O] No recommendations at this time O] Recommend evacuating all non-essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River El Recommend evacuating all non-essential and essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River Waterford 3 Actions:

O] No actions at this time El Implementing evacuation of all non-essential personnel to:

MONSANTO PARK I ST JOHN THE BAPTIST CATHOLIC CHURCH (circle one)

COMMENTS:

7, RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. 0] No RELEASE B. El A RELEASE is occurring 0] BELOW / El ABOVE federally approved operating limits Release started at ________(time)

Release duration - El expected _________hrs. or El unknown C. 0] A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED Release started at ________(time) Release stopped at _________(time)

Release duration __________hrs.

8. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: __ ___________TITLE: EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.6 (1 of 1) 41

____________________________ ME-K(3 _NCY NOTIFICATION MATRIX (TYPICAL)

S AGENCIES WHEN NOTIFICATION REQUIRED WHEN UPDATE REQUIRED COMMENTS ST. CHARLES Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a St. Charles Parish will also be requested to establish control of vehicular PARISH an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective traffic in the EAB after a SAE, GE or a Site Evacuation. 60 minute R Action Recommendations. updates are relaxed for severe weather events.

E o ST. JOHN Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a The St. John EOC is only manned during normal working hours. Off-uI THE BAPTIST an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective hours notifications will be handled by the E-911 Center. 60 minute R PARISH Action Recommendations. updates are relaxed for severe weather events.

E 0 GOHSEP Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe weather events.

Nan emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective o Action Recommendations.

T LDEQ Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a LDEQ is only manned during normal working hours. GOHSEP should F an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective be requested to notify LDEQ during off-hours. When LDEQ is at EOF Action Recommendations, notifications are not required. 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe c weather events.

c WATERFORD 1 & 2 Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a PARs for Wil&2 are the same as for W3 personnel. 60 minute updates AT an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective are relaxed for severe weather events.

Action Recommendations. ______________________________

o NRC Immediately after the above agencies, Upon change in emergency classification or as ENS Communicator notifies NRC, when staffed. NRC may require ENS Ns but not later than one hour of the requested. to be continuously manned. NRC can patch ENS into any PABX emergency declaration. telephone, if requested.

c U.S. After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to U.S. Coast Guard is contacted directly, but St. Charles Parish must be Eo COAST establish control of river traffic within informed that they have been contacted.

A T GUARD the EAB._______________ ________

B R UNION PACIFIC After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to Union Pacific Railroad is contacted directiy, but St. Charles Parish must 0 RAILROAD establish control of rail traffic within b nomdta hyhv encnatd

_______________the EAB.

F HAHNVILLE As necessary to provide lire fighting HVFD will be contacted through the St. Charles Parish 911 Center.

R V.F.D. assistance.

E OCHSNER As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological HOSPITAL assistance, conditions should be provided as available._______________________________

M OCHSNER As required to provide rapid Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in E FLIGHT transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.

I CARE the selected hospital.

c WEST JEFFERSON As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological sA MEDICAL CENTER assistance. conditions should be provided as available.

s WEST JEFFERSON As required to provide rapid Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in S AIR CARE transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.

-r __________ the selected hospital.

A ST. CHARLES As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical conditions should be cN HOSPITAL assistance for a non-contaminated provided as available.

E injured person.

ST. CHARLES As required to provide transportation St. Charles Ambulance Service will be requested via St. Charles Parish AMBULANCE of an injured person to the selected 911 Center to ensure rapid response.

___SERVICE hospital.____________________________

OTHER As directed by the EC/EOF Director.

AGENCIES ______________

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.7 (1 of 1) 42

EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)

A. NOTIFICATION AFTER EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION OR CHANGE IN PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Section 5.2)

1. Notify Operational Hotline (OHL) Members and Waterford 1&2 with in 15 minutes using Short Message Form (SMF) or Notification Message Form (NMF).
a. St. Charles Parish d. LDEQ
b. St. John the Baptist Parish e. Waterford 1 & 2
c. GOHSEP
2. At ALERT, or higher, the Control Room Emergency Communicator should activate the EverBridge Notification System to mobilize the Onsite Emergency Organization in accordance with EP-002-01 5.
3. If a SITE EVACUATION has been implemented OR a SITE AREA EMERGENCY/GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared, notify the following to establish EAB controls:
a. St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish to control vehicular traffic (can be included on NMF or SMF)
b. Union Pacific Railroad to control rail traffic (Attachment 7.9)
c. U.S. Coast Guard to control river traffic (Attachment 7.9)
4. Notify other agencies as required by the emergency conditions (i.e., Hahnville Volunteer Fire Department for fire, Ambulance for medical emergency, etc.)
5. Notify NRC immediately after the above agencies (and Railroad and Coast Guard if applicable) using Attachment 7.3 (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred).

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (1 of 2) 43

EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)

6. In accordance with NEI 99-02 the following items are required to be correct on the Notification Message Form (NMF) in order for the form to be considered accurate:
  • Classification and PAR appropriate to the event as specified by the approved plan and implementing procedures.
  • Initial notification form completed appropriate to the event to include

- Class of emergency

- EAL number

- Description of emergency

- Wind direction and speed

- Whether offsite protective measures are necessary

- Potentially affected population and areas

- Whether a release is taking place

- Date and time of declaration of emergency

- Whether the event is a drill or actual event

- Plant and/or unit as applicable B. SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATIONS (Section 5.3) 1.Update OHL Members every 60 minutes using NMF, except for severe weather Events.

a. St. Charles Parish d. LDEQ
b. St. John the Baptist Parish e. Waterford 1&2
c. GOHSEP
2. Update the NRC as requested. (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred.)
3. Update other agencies as deemed necessary.

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (2 of 2) 44

NOTIFICATION TO U.S. COAST GUARD/UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD (TYPICAL)

This is with a notification of emergency conditions at the Waterford 3 (Communicator's Name)

Steam Electric Station. The Message No. is:__________

Date/Time is:____________

Emergency Declaration is: Time of Declaration was:

U.S. Coast Guard: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request the establishment of a safety zone in the immediate area of Waterford 3 to control marine traffic, in accordance with your letter of agreement. Waterford 3 is located at mile marker 128.

Union Pacific Railroad: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request control of all rail traffic in Waterford 3 nuclear power plant's Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) in Taft, Louisiana. Please halt all rail traffic in the area between Killona, Louisiana and Taft, Louisiana in accordance with your letter of agreement.

Our callback number is________________

Message is approved by:

(Signature)

(Title)

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.9 (1 of 1)

LAST PAGE 45

A'irACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 0F 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010 Revision: 313 EquipmentfFacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):

1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items
5. Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? i-YES []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert 50.54(q)(3) Continue to and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.

Enter justification If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure below and the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is complete Part documented below: vI.

Justification:

Li Bounding document attached (optional)

Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)

NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening.

APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION

[] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.

Li One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.

Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.

Li One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)

Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.

CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q)

Part IV. Editorial Change [*YES [] NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is NOT next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? required. Enter Justification: justification and complete Part VI.

1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" The proposed changes are editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101. The first change corrects the numbering of the sections in the Table of Contents to reflect the additional page added to the procedure. The second change corrected the spelling of the word, offsite. The proposed changes do not change the intent or purpose of the procedure.

No further evaluation is needed.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision: 313 Equipment/FacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II?

1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 [

staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]

3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] D]
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] [
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D]
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D]
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] [
8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the []

declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]

9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions D]

to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]____

10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and D]

Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]

11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response D]

organizations. [6] ___

12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] D]
13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the D]

plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____

14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] _____
15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] D]
16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] _____
17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [
18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] _____
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available E]

to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.

[10]

20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [

those for hostile action events.[1 0]

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision: 313 Equipment/Facility/Other: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications

21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] D]
22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [131 D]
24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) EZ is established. [14]
25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, D]

and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.

[14] __ _

26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] II
27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] III
28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] Ii
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] III APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION

[] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.

r-11f any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.

BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chanae Items #3 and 4 from Part I:

The proposed changes separate the checklist the Emergency Communicator uses to brief the TSC ENS Communicator in the TSC and the Offsite Communicator in the EOF when the emergency response facilities are activated and responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room. The checklist is used to brief the TSC ENS Communicator and the EOF Offsite Communicator of the current emergency situation. Communication with the NRC is turned over to the ENS Communicator when the TSC is activated and the ENS Communicator accepts the responsibility. Ifthe NRC has requested to keep an open line,Athen the ENS communicator will continue to stay on the line with the NRC until directed otherwise.

Communication with the offsite agencies will be turned over by the Emergency Communicator to the EOF when the facility is activated and the Offsite Communicator accepts the responsibility. By separating the checklist, the Emergency Communicator can ensure that each turnover provides accurate information in a timely manner to the responsible facility.

No information or items from the checklist have been removed. The proposed changes are an enhancement to the checklist process that will eliminate transfer of unnecessary information to the facilities. The proposed change does not affect any process, responsibilities, roles, or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.

Change Items #5 The proposed change updates the call forwarding instructions for the emergency phone number (3500), located in the Control Room. The new Cisco phone replaced an older model Cisco phone that has been phased out. The new Cisco phone performs the same functions as the previous phone. The new phone performs the call forwarding function just as the previous phone. The proposed change will reflect the new steps to perform the function. The proposed change does not affect the process or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010O Revision:'"313..... .........

fEquipmentlFacility/Other: Water-ford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part VI. Signatures:_________

Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature Date:

Gina Taylor . II.A)i,* ,v

  • 12/4/15 0

(Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date:

N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Revf,.er Signature Date:

Aaron Mae/ < 1i~i~

Nuclear EP Project Manager ." "....,°' -

Approver Name (Print)

  • ro nature Date:

EN*EP-305 REV 3

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TRANSMITTAL FORM To: U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Transmittal Date: 12/16/2015 Region IV 1600 E. Lamar Blvd.

Arlington, ;TX 76011 From: Entergy - Waterford 3 Emergency Planning 17265 River Road Killona, LA 70057 Total Records/Documents 2 Transmitted:

Record / Document Number Revision Document Effective Date 1EP-002-010 (2 copies) 313 12/15/15 2E-002-010 (2 Copies) 313 12/15/15 Procedure Supporting Documents Robert Carey - 504-464-3482 Emergency Preparedness Manager

REQUEST/APPROVAL PAGE SAFETY RELATED ]oc Normal Review Class (check one):

PROCEDURE j] QUALIFIED REVIEW PROCEDURE NUMBER: EP-002-010 -*:'K;**

' 1i'_:*..*i*;xj%-*;!*-*'-:':;* *!.REVISION: 313 TITLE: Notifications and Communications PROCEDURE OWNER (Position Title): Emergency Planning Manager TERM (check one): [] PERMANENT LI TEMPORARY Effective Date I Milestone (if applicable): -i *-+-- I ¢Q2 - 5* * *' I=*I*'

Expiration Date I Milestone (if applicable): N/A PROCEDURE ACTION (check one):

[] Revision LI Deletion LI New Procedure DESCRIPTION AND JUSTIFICATION:

1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone 12 Request/Approval Page Continuation Sheet(s) attached.

(cEckE REIWPOES POne):] ~ Nra oral [ IEditorial (Revisions Correction only) [] Technical Verification (RevisionsonDiv) ______

REVIEW AND APPROVAL ACTIVITIES PRINT NAME OR SIGNATURE DATE PREPARER Gina Taylor 12/06/15 EC SUPERVISOR Administrative Review and Approval (sign) N/A N/A CROSS-DISCIPLINE N/A and .___________________________

INTERNAL N/A REVIEWS_____

(List Groups,- N/A Functions, Positions, etc.) N/A POESAPIAIIY Performed 12 PA Exclusion 0] OSOR 03-003 DETERMINATION TECHNICAL Review 0] Verification 12 Don Vincent j*'9- 15" QUALIFIED REVIEWER Review 0] Jack Lewis ,I)*

GROUP/DEPT. HEAD Review 12 Approval 0] (sign) Aaron Ertel/ *_***/./,j./*

GM, PLANT OPERATIONS Review 12 Approval 12 (sign) N/A VICE PRESIDENT, OPERATIONS Approval 12 (sign) N/A Form (W2.1 09 Revision 015)

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE-... mlmN*mmmtmtBtDBm mIIBDm*mmIm*I*Ii*BmlmlDmIImImI*miII*BI*m*mmmmmmBiIIIgDB*IIImm*mBmmIIIBBEBII*i*m*m*mmmBIlmImI1RmDIImE*I -2

2.0 REFERENCES

3.0 RESPONSIBIL )ND-IT-I---ONS *-I*n~---- ---------------- *-------m1--=--N-----------------*---------=---I~1--4N 4.0 INITIATING CC.I IE--.. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 5 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 A dm inistrative -- -........ .... .... .. . ... . .. . .... .... .... ...-... ...-... ...-. ... ............. 5 5.2 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations------ - --- ------ ----- - - -17 5.3 Subsequent Notifications--- - --- - - - 24 5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance-, ---- - - 29 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS--------------------------------............... --------------------------------------------------- *U 7.0 ATTACHMENTS-----------------...................................

7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)- 32 7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example)- ----- -

35 7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical)- 36

- - - -

3A -

7.4 Offsite Communications Log (Typical)--- - - - -

7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example)------

-38 7.6 Short Message Form (Typical)- ---------- 41 -

7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical)--------- 42 7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical) - - - -

7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS------------------------.................................. mmlmmmmu*mm*B*m*lEmmmmliBllmml*NmmlgNiMmmmltmmEmm 31 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 1-45 Revision 313 Informational Use 1

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance for making notifications to offsite agencies during a Waterford 3 SES emergency.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Waterford 3 SES Emergency Plan 2.2 State of Louisiana Peacetime Radiological Response Plan 2.3 EP-002-01 5, Emergency Responder Activation 2.4 EP-003-060, Emergency Communications Guidelines 2.5 EP-002-1 50, Emergency Plan Implementing Records 2.6 Emergency Management Resources Book 2.7 UNT-007-018, First Aid and Medical Care 2.8 FP-001-020, Fire Emergency/Fire Report 2.9 EP-003-050, Emergency Organization Documentation and Control 2.10 EP-002-052, Protective Action Guidelines 2.11 NE) 99-02, Regulatory Assessmnet Performance Indicator Guidelinie 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Shift Manager (SM) has the responsibility and authority of the Emergency Director (ED).

3.1 .1 The SM ensures the initial notifications are made, recommends offsite protective measures, and contacts the TSC Duty Emergency Plant Manager.

3.1.2 The SM continues as the ED until the EOF Duty Emergency Director properly relieves the SM as the Emergency Director.

3.2 The EOF Duty Emergency Director relieves the SM of the responsibilities of the ED.

3.2.1 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, the ED directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.

2

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 3.2.2 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.

3.2.3 Until the communication process is transferred to the EOF, makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.

3.3 The EOF Emergency Director is responsible for the activation and operation of the EOF in support of the Onsite Emergency Organization.

3.3.1 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EQF, the EOF Emergency Director directs the notification to the offsite agencies are made and ensures they are kept informed of the emergencies.

3.3.2 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director approves the notification forms prior to being sent to the offsite agencies.

3.3.3 Upon transfer of the communication process to the EOF, the EOF Emergency Director makes protective action recommendations to offsite agencies.

3.4 The EOF Offsite Communicator is responsible for implementation of this procedure when activities are transferred to their emergency facility.

3.5 The communications facility logs (Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50) are normally maintained by the Control Room Emergency Communicator and EQE Offsite Communicator.

3.6 The Control Room Emergency Communicator and ECE Offsite Communicator are responsible for Items 1 and 2 of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form when activities are in their designated area prior to transmittal.

3.7 The ENS Communicator is responsible for maintaining contact with the NRC on the Emergency Notification System (ENS) line when this activity is transferred.

3.8 The Shift Manager (SM)!/Emergency Director (ED) (Contol Room) and the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) have the primary responsibility for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 (as applicable) of the Notification Message Form/Short Message Form.

3

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 4.0 INITIATING CONDITIONS 4.1 Declaration of 4.1.1 Unusual Event 4.1.2 Alert 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency 4.1 .4 General Emergency 4

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Administrative 5.1.1 Definitions 5.1,1.1 Call Back Number - A telephone number, or Operational Hotline code number, provided as a means for agencies to contact Waterford 3 communications personnel to discuss or ask questions regarding the emergency situation.

5.1.1.2 Communicator's Form Pack - A package of forms provided in the Control Room to assist the Emergency Communicator in the performance of notification and communications activities.

5.1.1.3 Emergency Management Resources Book - An emergency phone book which includes facility, agency, emergency Entergy Operations responder, and emergency resources phone numbers.

5.1.1.4 Emergency Notification System (ENS) - The primary dedicated phone link with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).

5.1.1.5 Industrial Hotline (IHL) - A St. Charles Parish dedicated phone system between member industries within the parish and the St. Charles Parish 911 Center and the St. Charles Emergency Operations Center (EOC).

5.1.1 .6 Operational Hotline (OHL) - A dedicated phone system between the risk parishes, State agencies, Waterford 1&2 and Waterford 3.

5.1.1.7 Operational Hotline Code Number - Each telephone (station) in the Operational Hotline system has a unique code number which can be used to contact an individual station.

5.1.1.8 Operational Hotline Members - Those organizations that are interconnected by the Operational Hotline dedicated phone system. Waterford 3 SES, Waterford 1&2, St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, Governor's Office of Homeland Security & Emergency Preparedness (GOHSEP) and Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) are Operational Hotline members.

5

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.1.9 PABX - Private Automatic Branch Exchange. This is the normal station (commercial) telephone system.

5.1.1.10 Rumor Control - A sub-organization of the Joint Information Center (JIC) with the responsibility to provide information and respond to public questions.

5.1.1.11 Verification Callback Numbers - Preestablished Control Room telephone numbers that have been provided to the Operational Hotline Members to allow for the verification of the initial notification of an emergency condition or to validate calls received of a questionable nature relating to an emergency situation at Waterford 3.

6

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.2 Documentation 5.1.2.1 Each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator maintains a narrative log on the Facility Log, Attachment 7.2 of EP-002-1 50, which documents the following:

a. The name and initials of each communicator.
b. Problems noted with the communication systems.
c. Off-normal conditions affecting the communications aspect of the emergency.
d. Transfer of communications.
e. Offsite agency agreement to a less restrictive time requirement for subsequent notifications.
f. Requests to GOHSEP to contact LDEQ for off-hours notifications.

5.1.2.2 Attachment 7.4 should be maintained for each facility communications group and the Control Room Emergency Communicator. The log includes as a minimum the following (Refer to Attachment 7.5 for an example):

a. The date.
b. One communication message per column indicating whether the message was incoming or outgoing.
c. The message number.
d. Initials of the communicator transmitting or receiving the message.
e. The time the message occurred.

7

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .3 Use of Communications Log 5.1.3.1 All incoming and outgoing messages other than those documented on a Notification Message Form, Short Message Form or Attachment 7.9 should be documented on a Communications Log (Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50).

5.1.3.2 The message recorded on the Communications Log includes the following:

a. Message Number
b. Agency or facility transmitting the message
c. Agency or facility receiving the message
d. Time message sent or received
e. Call back number (usually Communicator's PABX number) used for messages being transmitted off site.
f. OHL code number for messages being transmitted to Operational Hotline Member(s).
g. The name of the individual receiving or sending the message.

5.1.3.3 The Emergency Director shall approve all messages to non-Entergy agencies prior to transmittal offsite, except for information provided to the NRC in response to a question.

a. Only responses to NRC questions on command decision-making activities which are in progress and no_.t finalized require prior approval.

8

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmunications Revision 313 5.1.4 Verification Calls 5.1.4.1 Initial contact with the Operational Hotline members or the NRC, which are made or received over PABX telephone lines may be verified by the receiver of the message.

5.1.4.2 When Waterford 3 is the message transmitter, then the receiver of the message may at their discretion call back and verify the validity of the message on the pre-established verification call back numbers provided to the agencies.

5.1.4.3 Phone calls of a questionable nature received by Waterford 3 SES should be verified with the calling agency using the numbers listed in the Emergency Management Resources Book.

5.1.4.4 Verification calls are logged in accordance with EP-002-1 50 or on Attachment 7.4.

5.1.5 Message Numbering System NOTE Replies to messages received and documented on a Communications Log do not require the assignment of an individual message number. The reply is recorded on the bottom section of the Communications Log and transmitted using the original message number.

5.1.5.1 All messages transmitted or received should be assigned a unique number to allow for in-house management and documentation of each message.

5.1.5.2 All Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms are numbered "F-i", "F-2", "F-3",

etc., in increasing sequential order.

5.1.5.3 All other messages generated or received by communicators are identified by use of an alpha designator and numbered in increasing sequential order as indicated below:

a. Control Room Communicators - C-i, C-2, etc.,
b. TSC Communicators - TSC-1, TSC-2, etc.,

C. EOF Communicators - EOF-1, EOF-2, etc.

9

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.6 Notification Message Form (NMF) Completion Requirements NOTE If a change in emergency classification or change in protective action recommendations occurs, then the Short Message Form (Attachment 7.6) may be used. to ensure that the notification to offsite agencies is made within the 15 minute time requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.

5.1.6.1 Provide information, as required, for each line of the NMF (Attachment 7.3) every time a new NMF is generated. Use of the term "unchanged" is not_appropriate.

5.1 .6.1 .1 The information that has not changed should be repeated on the new form with the exception of Line 6 where a restatement of conditions is no__t required.

5.1.6.1 .2 Provide an update to plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency on the new Line 6.

5.1.6.2 If information for an Item is not known at the time of the notification (dose rates are being calculated, waiting for air sample to be counted, leak rate being calculated, etc.), then a notation should be made, in the appropriate blank(s), to indicate the status of the information.

a. The terms "Not Applicable" or "Unknown" may be used where appropriate.
b. Use the 24-hour clock.
c. "Layman's" terms should be used as much as possible and acronyms should be avoided unless they are included in the Initiating Conditions.
d. If scientific notation is Utilized, then it should be entered in accordance with the following example:

5.6 E-5 or 5.6 E+5 10

.Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7 Notification Message Form Completion Guidelines (Refer to Attachment 7.2 for an example) 5.1.7.1 Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.

5.1.7.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 2B, and 2C.

a. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.

5.1.7.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.

5.1.7.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.

a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.

5.1.7.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.

a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, B2, C2, etc.) on Line SB, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
c. If all Protective Response Areas that are not evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.

11

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.6 Line 6: Enter the following:

a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
c. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford 1&2, which are different than the PARs for the State and Parishes, may be entered in this Section.
d. Enter additional information as deemed appropriate (Example: Exclusion Area Boundary controls are requested, evacuation of Waterford 3 non-essential personnel is implemented -

including which offsite assembly area is used, etc.).

e. When updating agencies, then consider restating the IC number used to classify the emergency and provide an update of plant conditions and actions taken to mitigate the emergency.
f. Emergency Action Level (EAL) 12

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.7.7 Line 7: Check the appropriate 'Yes" or "No" block.

a. If the Reactor is Shutdown, then check the "Yes" block and enter the time and date of the shutdown in "Time/Date" blanks.

NOTE Use fifteen minute averaged data for the Primary Tower at 33 FT for meteorological information. If site meteorological data is unavailable, then contact the National Weather Service.

5.1.7.8 Provide the following information on Line 8:

1. The Control Room obtains meteorological information from the Plant Computer GD METDATA.
2. The TSC and EOF obtains meteorological information using Satelite Display System (SOS)

MARMOND 1.

a. Line 8A: Enter the direction the wind is coming FROM and the wind speed in MPH.
  • The wind speed is normally displayed in meters/second.
  • Multiply meters/second by 2.24 to convert to MPH.
b. Line 8B: Enter the current Compass Sectors affected, or potentially affected.
  • The Compass Sectors affected are the sector into which the wind is blowing and the adjacent sectors on either side.
  • A matrix of affected compass sectors by wind direction is provided in EP-002-052.
c. Line 8C: Enter the Stability Class for the meteorological conditions.
  • The Stability Class can be determined using the existing DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE and finding the Stability Class on the matrix provided in EP-002-050.
  • The Stability Class may also be obtained from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE.
d. Line 80: Enter whether or not there is any precipitation at the present time and the type.

13

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Notifications and Communications

~If there was any detectable discharge of radioactive material to the Isteeayenvironment that was not bound by an Step 5.1.7.9 dtcaedicaeofriatveNO approved Release Permit, but that No Check box 9A, Evaluate for a mtratoteevrn ntccrn release has now stoosgped, then check No RELEASE_

Release thti o on ya prvdbox 90, adpoed 7

Releae Pemit A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT (Note 1)STOPPED.

(Note 1)

Are AN*Ylimits listed below being exceeded?Ye Condenser Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 7.55 E+~4ylCiisec fareseourdbttpe, -"

PRM-IRE-0002 te ne h ees tr n stop times and the actual duration Go to step 5.1.7.10 Fuel Handling Exhaust PIG (gas) 8.05 8-3 yLCiicci or orln 5 PRM-IRE-5107 A oreB Fuel Handling Building Exhaust WRGM (effluent rate) 1.12 E4-5 pCi seec PRM-IRE-3032 Plant Slack PIG (gas) 1.72 E-3 pCi Ico PRM-IRE-0100.1 or 100.2 Yes If a release is occurring, then Plan 755 Stck

+4 **Cisecenter RGM effuen ratl the expected duration in PRM-IRE-01 10 Plan 7.5 Er't Stck ~i sechours IVRM (eflunt ate or "unknown" for tine 9E.

Main Steam Line INote oJ_2) Any alert or alarm PRM-IRE-5500 A oreB Dry, Coaling Tower Sump 4.24 5-4 *Ci .ImI Check box 9C, PR-R-75o 76A RELEASE is occurrino Enter the time at PR-R-78o 76ABOVE federally which the release approved limits and started for line 9E.

Turbine Building Industrial Waste Sump 4.24 E-4 aLCiiml proceed. Note 1 PRM-1RE-6778 If the shift has entered OP-901-202, Steam Generator Tube Leakage or Nigh Activity, then a No release is occurring. The release must be evaluated to determine if it is above or below established limits. During a Steam Generator tube leak or tube rupture event, a release is considered Yes to be occurting until all faulted steam generators are isolated. This includes steaming a faulted Steam Generator to the Main Condenser.

Note 2 Use the Main Steam Line monitor gp) when the Condenser Exhaust Vli1GM is not available or its No reading is invalid (no flow).

Check box 9B,l A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved limits and proceed.

14

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-0100 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .7.10 Line 10: Provide the following information:

a. Line 10OA, 10OB and 10OC: Check all appropriate blocks pertaining to the type of material being released.

5.1.7.11 Line 11" Enter the applicable Noble Gas and Iodine release rate in Ci/sec. This information (and the information for line 12) may not be calculated for releases designated as below federally approved operating limits.

5.1.7.12 Line 12: Provide the following information:

a. Line 12A: Enter number of hours used to calculate Dose Projections (exposure duration).
  • If the exposure duration is not known, the..n a default value of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is used for Waterford 3.
  • Indicate whether the offsite doses are based on Field Data, Plant Data or Default (FSAR) data by checking the appropriate block.
b. Lines 12B and 12C: Enter the TEDE and CDE Thyroid Dose Commitments from the Control Room Dose Assessment Program or DOSECODE for the appropriate distance (Site Boundary is interpreted as the EAB for Waterford 3).
  • Ensure the correct value is entered on the form. The unit is in mRem, no._t mRem/hr.

5.1.7.13 Line 13: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.

15

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-O1 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1 .8 Short Message Form Completion Guidelines 5.1.8.1 Line 1: Provide the next assigned sequential message number and OHL code number.

5.1.8.2 Line 2: Provide the information on Lines 2A, 26, and 2C.

b. Line 2A: Enter the notification time and date.
b. Line 2B: Enter the name of the communicator transmitting the message.
c. Line 2C: Enter the call back PABX telephone number for the communicator transmitting the message.

5.1.8.3 Line 3: Check the appropriate block for the Emergency Classification or termination of the event as applicable.

5.1.8.4 Line 4: Complete Line 4 as follows.

a. Enter the time and date of the current emergency classification declaration or termination.

5.1.8.5 Line 5: Provide information for lines 5A and 5B.

a. If no protective actions are necessary, then check the block on Line 5A, or
b. If protective actions are necessary, then enter the applicable Protective Response Areas (Al, 62, C2, etc.) on Line 5B, EVACUATE, MONITOR AND PREPARE or SHELTER.
c. If all Protective Response Areas that are no__t evacuated (or sheltered) are to monitor and prepare, then the notation "Monitor and prepare all remaining protective response areas" may be used in lieu of listing each of the remaining response areas.

16

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.1.8.6 Line 6: Enter the following:

a. The Initiating Condition (IC) used to classify the emergency. Acronyms that are part of the Initiating Condition may be used on the NMF.
b. Brief description of the reason for classification, declassification or termination.
c. Emergency Action Level (EAL)
d. Exclusion Area Boundary Controls
e. Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) for Waterford I1&2 if different than the PARs for the State and Parishes.
f. If applicable, irnplemantion of evacuation for Waterford 3 non-essential personnel - including which offsite assembly area is used.

5.1.8.7 Evaluate for a Release by using the flow chart in step 5.1.7.9.

5.1.8.8 Line 8: Approval signature is required by Emergency Director.

5.2 Notification of Offsite Agencies Following an Emergency Declaration or Change in Protective Action Recommendations 5.2.1 Notification Requirements 5.2.1.1 Notify the Operational Hotline (OHL) Members by transmitting the NMF by fax machine as soon as possible, but within 15 minutes of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.

5.2.1.2 Notify St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish of a site evacuation and which assembly area is utilized, as appropriate, AND 5.2.1.3 Notify St. Charles Parish, St. John the Baptist Parish, U.S. Coast Guard and Union Pacific Railroad to establish Exclusion Area Boundary controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or Site Evacuation.

17

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.1.4 Notify St. Charles Parish when the U.S. Coast Guard and the Union Pacific Railroad are notified.

5.2.1.5 The NRC shall be notified immediately after the OHL Members, but not later than one hour of declaring the emergency, changing classification or changing Protective Action Recommendations.

NOT_.EE The Protective Action Recommendations for Waterford 1&2 will not always be the same as those listed for the Parish and State Agencies.

5.2.1.6 Notify Waterford 1&2 of the following site Protective Action Recommendations:

a. Alert - The same recommendation as those taken to protect the Waterford 3 personnel.
b. Site Area Emergency - Recommend evacuation of non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.
c. General Emergency - Recommend evacuation of essential and non-essential personnel, as well as evacuation routes.

18

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Cornmmunications Revision 313 5.2.2 Notification Preparation NOTE

1. The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form or Short Message Form (as applicable). The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.
2. The Short Message Form may be used to ensure that the notification information is provided to the offsite agencies within the 15 minute requirement. When the Short Message Form is used, then it should be followed with a Notification Message Form within 30 minutes.

5.2.2.1 The Communicator should obtain the completed approved Notification Message Form (NMF),

Attachment 7.3, or Short Message Form (SMF), Attachment 7.6, and review it for accuracy and legibility rrior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies. The Communicator should also check for the applicable requirements in sections 5.2.1.1 through 5.2.1.6.

5.2.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.

19

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.3 Transmitting Notifications to OHL Members using the NMF or SMF NOTE.

1. LDEQ is not. manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This request should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.

2, The St. John the BaPtist Parish Emergency Operations Center is not manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day.

During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center answers the OHL.

5.2.3.1 Transmit NMF (or SMF) via fax machine to OHL members

a. Place the notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (or SMF) (time is the current time).
b. Place the completed NMF (or SMF) on the fax machine and press the send button 5.2.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.

5.2.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".

a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the 1st agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
b. If all OHL members have responded, the___nn respond by saying:* "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messacie number - F-I. F-2, etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__Dn please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."

20

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then:

a. After waiting a few seconds - Do not wait longer that a few seconds
b. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
c. Dial the all call OHL Code number and perform 5.2.3.3 5.2.3.5 If any OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.

5.2.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, then contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).

NOTE If use of backup methods for offsite notifications is required, the additional communications assistance may be called out to assist in completion of offsite notifications.

5.2.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Management Resources Book, then contact the OHL member(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF (or SMF) via fax.

5.2.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, then contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF) and complete Attachment 7.4.

5.2.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify receipt of the NMF (or SME) via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.

5.2.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and ,slowly read the information on the NMF (or SMF).

21

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.4 Transmitting notifications to the NRC NOTE

1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC. At such time, communicators will go to Step 5.2.5.
2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC will require continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the.

NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.

3. In response to an NRC question, information will be provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.

5.2.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of a Notification Message Form, Attachment 7.3 of this procedure.

5.2.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).

5.2.4.3 When the NRC responds, then record the time on Attachment 7.4.

NOTE The NRC does not have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should not be read.

5.2.4.4 Read information from the form SLOWLY.

5.2.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.

22

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.2.5 Transmitting Secondary Notifications (Establish EAB Controls) 5.2.5.1 The Secondary Notifications should be made using Attachment 7.3 and Attachment 7.9 of this procedure.

NOTE.

The notification for St. Charles Parish and St. John Parish to establish EAB controls and to inform them of which assembly area will be utilized at a site evacuation should be included, on the NMF or SMF transmittal informing them of the emergency declaration.

5.2.5.2 The following agencies should be notified to establish EAB controls at a Site Area Emergency, General Emergency or if a Site Evacuation has been implemented:

a. St. Charles Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
b. St. John the Baptist Parish (use Attachment 7.3 or Attachment 7.6),
c. U.S. Coast Guard (use Attachment 7.9), and
d. Union Pacific Railroad (use Attachment 7.9).

5.2.5.3 Refer to the Emergency Management Resources Book for telephone numbers.

5.2.5.4 St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish should be informed of site evacuation activities and informed of the selected offsite assembly area, whenever a site evacuation is implemented.

5.2.5.5 Other agencies may be notified as deemed appropriate by the Emergency Director.

5.2.5.6 Update Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log, upon notification of each agency.

23

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3 Subsequent Notifications NOTE In accordance with agreements, 60 minute updates to Operational Hotiine Members are automatically relaxed during severe weather events. If a change in emergency classification or change in Protective Action Recommendations has occurred, then notifications should be made in accordance with Section 5.2 of this procedure.

5.3.1 Subsequent Notification Guidelines 5.3.1.1 The OHL Members should be updated approximately every 60 minutes using an approved NMF. The SMF should no_.t be used for these 60 minute updates.

5.3.1.2 The OHL Members may elect to establish a less restrictive time requirement for updates at the Unusual Event or Alert emergency classification if conditions warrant. The relaxed time requirement must be mutually agreed upon by St. Charles EOC, St. John EOC, LDEQ and GOHSEP, a Waterford 1&2 does not provide input on relaxed time requirements.

24

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5,3.2 Subsequent Notification Preparation N OTE.

The Shift Manager (Control Room) or the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (EOF) is responsible for initiating and completing Items 3 through 12 of the Notification Message Form. The Communicators may assist by completing information that they have available to them, as directed by the SM or RAC.

5.3.2.1 The Communicator obtains the completed approved Notification Message Form (NM F),

Attachment 7.3 and reviews it for accuracy and legibility prior to transmitting it to the offsite agencies.

5.3.2.2 If another event occurs while you are attempting to get a message out, or if a notification is in progress, then state in the Incident Description/Update/Comments section that conditions are currently changing and another notification will follow.

25

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3.3 Transmitting Subsequent Notifications to OHL members using the NMF.

NOTE 1.LDEQ is no__t manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day. During off-hours, holidays and weekends, you must request GOHSEP to notify LDEQ (This should be documented on the Communicator's Facility Log). When the LDEQ Field Response Team arrives at the EOF, then coordination of emergency response is by face-to-face communications and notifications to LDEQ are no longer required.

2. The St. John the Baptist Parish Emergency Operations Center is nott manned 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day.

During off-hours, holidays and weekends, the E-91 1 Center will answer the OHL.

5.3.3.1 Transmit NMF via fax machine to OHL members.

a. Place notification time/date on Line 2A of NMF (time is the current time).
b. Place the completed NMF on the fax machine and press the send button.

5.3.3.2 Using the OHL, dial the "all call" OHL Code Number.

5.3.3.3 As each agency answers, respond by saying, "PLEASE STANDBY".

a. If all agencies respond, then record your initials and time the Ilt agency responded in the OHL members block on Attachment 7.4.
b. If all OHL members have responded, the__n respond by saying: "This is Waterford 3, an emergency event has occurred and a fax transmission has been sent. Please verify receipt of Message Form (state messagqe number - F-l. F-2. etc.) via fax by stating your agency's name and receipt of the fax. If there are any questions, the__n please contact me using the callback number provided on the Message Form."

26

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.3.3.4 If all OHL members have not responded, then:

a. After waiting a few seconds - Do not wait longer than a few seconds
c. Notify the agencies on the line that you will dial the all call OHL number one more time
d. Dial the all call OHL Code Number and perform 5.3.3.3 5.3.3.5 If an OHL member(s) did not receive the fax, then resend the fax after waiting approximately 2 minutes.

5.3.3.6 If any OHL member(s) still did not receive the fax or the fax machine is not working, th_.n contact the OHL member(s) on the OHL an slowly read the information on the NMF.

5.3.3.7 If the OHL is not working or OHL member(s) can not be contacted on the OHL using individual call numbers found in the Emergency Manageinent Resources Book, then contact the OHL members(s) on the PABX and verify receipt of the NMF via fax and complete Attachment 7.4.

5.3.3.8 If the fax and the OHL are not working, the~n contact the OHL members on the PABX and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.

5.3.3.9 If the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and verify Receipt of the NMF via fax and record information on Attachment 7.4.

5.3.3.10 If the fax, OHL, and the PABX is not working, then contact the OHL members on the Civil Defense Radio and slowly read the information on the NMF and complete Attachment 7.4.

27

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 NOTE

1. The ENS Communicator, when staffed, handles communications with the NRC,
2. Normally at an Alert, or higher, emergency classification the NRC requires continuous communications on the ENS line. At such time, consideration should be given to having the NRC "patch" the ENS into a PABX extension which is in closer proximity to the source of data.
3. In response to an NRC question, information is provided without prior approval, with the exception of command decision-making activities which are in progress and not finalized.

5.3.4 The NRC should be updated regarding significant worsening conditions of the plant o* as requested.

Subsequent Notifications to the NRC will be made as follows:

5.3.4.1 Obtain the latest approved copy of Attachment 7.3.

5.3.4.2 Using the ENS telephone, dial the number for the NRC Headquarters (Numbers are posted on the telephone).

NOTE The NRC does no._t have Notification Message Forms. Therefore, line numbers, message number and OHL Code Number should no._t be read.

5.3.4.3 When the NRC responds, the._nn record the time on Attachment 7.4.

5.3.4.4 Read the information from the form SLOWLY.

5.3.4.5 After reading the information, notify the NRC that you will be "going off the line" unless directed to maintain continuous communications by the NRC.

28

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 5.4 Requests for Offsite Assistance NOTE Limit the information transmitted offsite to only that on the approved Communications Form.

Questions or requests for additional information should be documented on Attachment 7.1 of EP-002-1 50 and referred to the appropriate emergency organization group for response.

5.4.1 Medical

Request for offsite transportation or treatment: Use UNT-007.-018.

5.4.1.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.

5.4.2 Fire: Use FP-001-020.

5.4.2.1 Ensure that Attachment 7.4 is updated on completion of the call.

5.4.3 Other

Requests for offsite assistance from other agencies should be made as directed by the Emergency Director.

29

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 6.0 FINAL CONDITIONS 6.1 The emergency situation has been terminated.

6.2 Forwarding of the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC has been canceled. Refer to Attachment 7.1 for guidance.

6.3 Documentation reviewed to ensure signatures, dates, times and other appropriate information is complete and legible and provided to the appropriate facility manager.

6.4 All documentation generated should be collected and forwarded to Emergency Planning.

6.5 All organizations and agencies communicated with during the course of the event have been notified of the event termination.

30

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure EP-002-01 0 Notifications and Communications Revision 313 7.0 ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical) 7.2 Notification Message Form (Typical) (Example) 7.3 Notification Message Form (Typical) 7.4. Offsite Communications Log (Typical) 7.5 Offsite Communications Log (Typical) (Example) 7.6 Short Message Form (Typical) 7.7 Emergency Notification Matrix (Typical) 7.8 Emergency Notification Checklist (Typical) 7.9 Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 8.0 RECORDS 8.1 The following records are generated as a result of this procedure.

  • Attachment 7.1, Transfer of Communications from the Control Room (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.3, Notification Message Form (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.6, Short Message Form (Typical)
  • Attachment 7.9, Notification to U.S. Coast Guard/Union Pacific Railroad (Typical) 31

TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)

1. The Emergency Communicator should provide the following documentation:

El a. Notification Message Forms and Short Message Forms O] b. Communications Logs transmitted or received O] c. Attachment 7.4, Offsite Communications Log O] d. Copy of the Emergency Communicator narrative Facility Log

2. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the ENS Communicator:

O] a. Emergency Classification___________________

o] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:

O] c. Primary communications circuits in use:

El ENS Line El e. Alternate communications circuits in use:

El Industrial Hotline El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):____________________________

O] f. Other Offsite agencies notified:___________________________

El g. Communications problems experienced:______________________

EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (1 of 3) 32

TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)

3. The Emergency Communicator should discuss the status of the following with the EOF Offsite Communicator:

El a. Emergency Classification: _________________

O] b. Time the last Notification Message Form/Short Message Form was transmitted:

El c. Time next Notification Message Form is due to be transmitted:___________

O] d. Primary communications circuits in use:

El Operational Hotline El e. Alternate communications circuits in use:

El Industrial Hotline.

El Civil Defense Radio El PABX (List agencies):___________________________

El f. Other Offsite agencies notified: _________________________

[] g. Communication problems experienced:______________________

EP-002-O1 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (2 of 3) 33

TRANSFER OF COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE CONTROL ROOM (TYPICAL)

4. Forward the emergency telephone (3500 extension) to the TSC (2500 extension). This action should only be completed if the TSC is activated from the primary location. Proceed as follows:
a. With receiver in cradle, press the CFwdALL button. After two beeps sound, enter 2500. Once the number is entered the phone will automatically return to the display window. The display window will read FORWARD TO 2500.
b. To cancel the Forward function, press the CFwdALL button once. It will return the phone to the display window and it will no longer read FORWARD TO 2500.

Emergency Communicator Date/Time EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.1 (3 of 3) 34

NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)

1. THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-Next Sequnentlal Number (OHL CODE NO.) Communicator 0HL #
2. A. Notification Time/ Current Date B. COMM: Communicator Name C. TEL NO. Communicator PABX #

(TIM E/DATE) (NAM E)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A. 0] NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. 0] GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASS IFICATION DECLARATION/TERMI NATI ON Time/Date: Time of Declaration. Declass.. Terminationi Date 5.

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).

B. 0] EVACUATE Provide Specific Protective Response Areas 5] MONITOR AND PREPARE Enter "Monitor and Prepare All Remaining Protective Response Areas" or Provide Specific Protective Response Areas El SHELTER Provide So~ecific Protective Response Areas

6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE/COMMENTS: Provide Emergency Classification Initiatingq Condition (IC)#
  • Brief descriotion of the reason for classification, declassification or termination
  • Exclusion Area Boundary controls
  • Waterford I & 2 PAR
  • Site Evacuation
  • Which Assembly Area.
7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date: Time of Reactor Shutdown/ Date of Reactor Shutdown
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A. Wind Direction FROM Direction Wind is Coming From Degrees at Wind Speed MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R): Enter the 3Affected Compass Sectors C. Stability Class (A-G): Enter Stability Class Letter D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other_________

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. 0] No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)

B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at Enter Time Release Started (time) Release stopped at Enter Time Release Stooped (time)

Release duration Enter Length of Time of Release hrs. (actual or expected)

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. El Radioactive Gases B. 0] Radioactive Airbomne Particulates C. 0] Radioactive Liquids

11. RELEASE RATE:

A. NOBLE GASES _________Ci/s B. IODINES _ ____________Ci/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:

A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)

Site Boundary _____5 miles _____ Site Boundary _____5 miles _____

2 miles _____ 10 miles _____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: _______________TITLE:______________

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.2 (1 of 1) 35

NOTIFICATION MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL)

1. TI- -IIS IS WATERFOF WITH MESSAGE NUMBER F-_____

(OHL CODE NO.)______

2. A. / B. COMM: C. TEL NO. ______

(TI ME/DATE) (NAME)

3. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. El SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. El ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date:I
5. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

A. El No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).

B. El EVACUATE El MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________________

El SHELTER

6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTIONIUPDATEICOMMENTS:
7. REACTOR SHUT DOWN? El NO El YES Time/Date: /
8. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

A.Wind Direction FROM _____________Degrees at MPH B. Sectors Affected (A-R):___________________

C. Stability Class (A-G):

D. Precipitation: El None El Rain El Sleet El Snow El Hail El Other

9. RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. El No RELEASE (Go to Item 13)

B. El A RELEASE is occurring BELOW federally approved operating limits C. El A RELEASE is occurring ABOVE federally approved operating limits D. El A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED E. Release started at ________(time) Release stopped at _________(time)

Release duration __________hrs. (actual or expected)

10. TYPE OF RELEASE:

A. 0] Radioactive Gases B. El Radioactive Airborne Particulates C. El Radioactive Liquids

11. RELEASE RATE:

A. NOBLE GASES __

Ci/s B. IODINES Ci/s

12. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE:

A. Projections for _____hours based on: El Field Data El Plant Data El Default Data B. (TEDE) WB DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem) C. (CDE) THYROID DOSE COMMITMENT (mRem)

Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _ ____Site Boundary _ ____ 5 miles _____

2 miles __ ___10 miles _ ____ 2 miles ______ 10 miles _____

13. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: TITLE:

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.3 (1 of 1) 36

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL)

Date: Page of CLASSIFICATION MESSAGE NUMBER I I

-r-r 1 1 OHL Members A R St. Charles EOC L E L a U

C L R St. John EOC A E S 0 S

F LDEQ C N A 0 T T 0

F GOHSEP N

S C A

T Waterford 1& 2 0

N S

US NIRC S E A A US Coast Guard E B O C R 0O_ _ _ __ _ _ _

N H T Union Pacific R.R.

I R G 0 H L E

R ________________________ __________

A S

D__________ __________

E E

M E 0 0 T H _________

N E E R C

E S

S A

R Y ____________ __________ _________

See Emergency Management Resources Book for agency phone numbers.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.4 (1 of 1) 37

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 1.0 HEADING 1.1 Enter the DATE.

NOTE Complete the "of ____" section of "Page_____of ____"at midnight or when the facility is deactivated.

1.2 Enter the Page Number.

2.0 OPERATIONS 2.1 Enter the current emergency classification.

NOTE All Notification Message Forms/Short Message Forms transmitted to Operational Hotline Members will be numbered "F-i," "F-2", "F-3", etc. in increasing sequential order.

2.2 Message Number - Enter assigned message number.

2.3 OHL Members - Enter initial and time for each logged message number if OHL agencies are contacted by "ALL CALL".

2.4 Enter Initial and time in each respective OHL Member block if contacted individually for each logged message number.

2.5 Enter Initial and time in the respective block for each agency contacted for each logged message number.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (1 of 3) 38

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE) 2.6 For message received.

2.6.1 Enter the current emergency classification 2.6.2 Enter the Message Number and "iN" (for incoming) in the MESSAGE NUMBER block.

2.6.3 Enter initials and time in the respective block for the agency from which the message was received.

2.7 Use the OTHER blocks.

2.7.1 For an agency which you are frequently communicating with enter the name in the column with the listed agencies. Then use the form as per 2.1 - 2.6.

2.7.2 For an agency which is infrequently communicated with, divide the block diagonally and place the agencies' name above the line and time and initials below the line.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (2 of 3) 39

OFFSITE COMMUNICATIONS LOG (TYPICAL) (EXAMPLE)

Date: 7-8-93 Page of CLASSIFICATION ________ _A&i&i MESSAGE NUMBER IF-1 C-1 C-2 IN F-2 L .4.

0917 OHL Members 0850 A St. Charles EOC L

L 2nPl?

C 0850 L St. John EOC A

S ~GJO~

S LDE 0857 F LOEQ 085 C 1I~P A

T 0 0850 085 GOHSEP N

Taefr S

0850 Waterford 1&2 0915 US NRC S E 0907 A A US Coast Guard E B N

H T Union Pacific RR.

I R G O H L E

R __________

0912 E

E ER C

See Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite for agency phone numbers.

EP-002-010 Revision 313 Attachment 7.5 (3 of 3) 40

SHORT MESSAGE FORM (TYPICAL) 1.THIS IS WATERFORD 3 WITH MESSAGE (OHL CODE NUMBER F-_____

NO.)______

2. A. I B.COMM: ____ ________C. TEL NO.______

(TI ME/DATE) (NAME) 3, EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:i A. El NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT C. 0] SITE AREA EMERGENCY E. El TERMINATED B. 0] ALERT D. El GENERAL EMERGENCY

4. CURRENT EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION DECLARATION/TERMINATION Time/Date: /

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS:

5, A. 0] No Protective Actions Recommended At This Time (Go to Item 6).

B. 0] EVACUATE O] MONITOR AND PREPARE_________________ __________

El SHELTER

6. INCIDENT DESCRIPTION/UPDATE:

Initiating Conditions (IC) I Emergency Action Level (EAL) #:__________________________

IC / EAL

Description:

Exclusion Area Boundary Controls o] NO controls required at this time El St Charles and St. John are requested to control road traffic.

O] Railroad and Coast Guard will be notified to control river and rail traffic Waterford 1l&2 Recommendations:

O] No recommendations at this time O] Recommend evacuating all non-essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River El Recommend evacuating all non-essential and essential personnel UP / DOWN (circle one) River Waterford 3 Actions:

O] No actions at this time El Implementing evacuation of all non-essential personnel to:

MONSANTO PARK I ST JOHN THE BAPTIST CATHOLIC CHURCH (circle one)

COMMENTS:

7, RELEASE INFORMATION:

A. 0] No RELEASE B. El A RELEASE is occurring 0] BELOW / El ABOVE federally approved operating limits Release started at ________(time)

Release duration - El expected _________hrs. or El unknown C. 0] A RELEASE OCCURRED BUT STOPPED Release started at ________(time) Release stopped at _________(time)

Release duration __________hrs.

8. MESSAGE APPROVED BY: __ ___________TITLE: EMERGENCY DIRECTOR EP-002-01O Revision 313 Attachment 7.6 (1 of 1) 41

____________________________ ME-K(3 _NCY NOTIFICATION MATRIX (TYPICAL)

S AGENCIES WHEN NOTIFICATION REQUIRED WHEN UPDATE REQUIRED COMMENTS ST. CHARLES Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a St. Charles Parish will also be requested to establish control of vehicular PARISH an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective traffic in the EAB after a SAE, GE or a Site Evacuation. 60 minute R Action Recommendations. updates are relaxed for severe weather events.

E o ST. JOHN Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a The St. John EOC is only manned during normal working hours. Off-uI THE BAPTIST an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective hours notifications will be handled by the E-911 Center. 60 minute R PARISH Action Recommendations. updates are relaxed for severe weather events.

E 0 GOHSEP Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe weather events.

Nan emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective o Action Recommendations.

T LDEQ Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a LDEQ is only manned during normal working hours. GOHSEP should F an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective be requested to notify LDEQ during off-hours. When LDEQ is at EOF Action Recommendations, notifications are not required. 60 minute updates are relaxed for severe c weather events.

c WATERFORD 1 & 2 Within 15 minutes of the declaration of Every 60 minutes OR within 15 minutes of a PARs for Wil&2 are the same as for W3 personnel. 60 minute updates AT an emergency. change in emergency classification or Protective are relaxed for severe weather events.

Action Recommendations. ______________________________

o NRC Immediately after the above agencies, Upon change in emergency classification or as ENS Communicator notifies NRC, when staffed. NRC may require ENS Ns but not later than one hour of the requested. to be continuously manned. NRC can patch ENS into any PABX emergency declaration. telephone, if requested.

c U.S. After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to U.S. Coast Guard is contacted directly, but St. Charles Parish must be Eo COAST establish control of river traffic within informed that they have been contacted.

A T GUARD the EAB._______________ ________

B R UNION PACIFIC After SAE, GE or Site Evacuation to Union Pacific Railroad is contacted directiy, but St. Charles Parish must 0 RAILROAD establish control of rail traffic within b nomdta hyhv encnatd

_______________the EAB.

F HAHNVILLE As necessary to provide lire fighting HVFD will be contacted through the St. Charles Parish 911 Center.

R V.F.D. assistance.

E OCHSNER As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological HOSPITAL assistance, conditions should be provided as available._______________________________

M OCHSNER As required to provide rapid Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in E FLIGHT transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.

I CARE the selected hospital.

c WEST JEFFERSON As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical and/or radiological sA MEDICAL CENTER assistance. conditions should be provided as available.

s WEST JEFFERSON As required to provide rapid Meteorological & radiological conditions should be provided to assist in S AIR CARE transportation of an injured person to determining the appropriate approach to the site.

-r __________ the selected hospital.

A ST. CHARLES As necessary to provide medical Changes in patient's medical conditions should be cN HOSPITAL assistance for a non-contaminated provided as available.

E injured person.

ST. CHARLES As required to provide transportation St. Charles Ambulance Service will be requested via St. Charles Parish AMBULANCE of an injured person to the selected 911 Center to ensure rapid response.

___SERVICE hospital.____________________________

OTHER As directed by the EC/EOF Director.

AGENCIES ______________

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.7 (1 of 1) 42

EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)

A. NOTIFICATION AFTER EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION OR CHANGE IN PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Section 5.2)

1. Notify Operational Hotline (OHL) Members and Waterford 1&2 with in 15 minutes using Short Message Form (SMF) or Notification Message Form (NMF).
a. St. Charles Parish d. LDEQ
b. St. John the Baptist Parish e. Waterford 1 & 2
c. GOHSEP
2. At ALERT, or higher, the Control Room Emergency Communicator should activate the EverBridge Notification System to mobilize the Onsite Emergency Organization in accordance with EP-002-01 5.
3. If a SITE EVACUATION has been implemented OR a SITE AREA EMERGENCY/GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared, notify the following to establish EAB controls:
a. St. Charles Parish and St. John the Baptist Parish to control vehicular traffic (can be included on NMF or SMF)
b. Union Pacific Railroad to control rail traffic (Attachment 7.9)
c. U.S. Coast Guard to control river traffic (Attachment 7.9)
4. Notify other agencies as required by the emergency conditions (i.e., Hahnville Volunteer Fire Department for fire, Ambulance for medical emergency, etc.)
5. Notify NRC immediately after the above agencies (and Railroad and Coast Guard if applicable) using Attachment 7.3 (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred).

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (1 of 2) 43

EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (TYPICAL)

6. In accordance with NEI 99-02 the following items are required to be correct on the Notification Message Form (NMF) in order for the form to be considered accurate:
  • Classification and PAR appropriate to the event as specified by the approved plan and implementing procedures.
  • Initial notification form completed appropriate to the event to include

- Class of emergency

- EAL number

- Description of emergency

- Wind direction and speed

- Whether offsite protective measures are necessary

- Potentially affected population and areas

- Whether a release is taking place

- Date and time of declaration of emergency

- Whether the event is a drill or actual event

- Plant and/or unit as applicable B. SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATIONS (Section 5.3) 1.Update OHL Members every 60 minutes using NMF, except for severe weather Events.

a. St. Charles Parish d. LDEQ
b. St. John the Baptist Parish e. Waterford 1&2
c. GOHSEP
2. Update the NRC as requested. (Performed by ENS Communicator when activities are transferred.)
3. Update other agencies as deemed necessary.

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.8 (2 of 2) 44

NOTIFICATION TO U.S. COAST GUARD/UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD (TYPICAL)

This is with a notification of emergency conditions at the Waterford 3 (Communicator's Name)

Steam Electric Station. The Message No. is:__________

Date/Time is:____________

Emergency Declaration is: Time of Declaration was:

U.S. Coast Guard: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request the establishment of a safety zone in the immediate area of Waterford 3 to control marine traffic, in accordance with your letter of agreement. Waterford 3 is located at mile marker 128.

Union Pacific Railroad: Refer to Emergency Management Resources Book Offsite Response Agencies Section We request control of all rail traffic in Waterford 3 nuclear power plant's Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB) in Taft, Louisiana. Please halt all rail traffic in the area between Killona, Louisiana and Taft, Louisiana in accordance with your letter of agreement.

Our callback number is________________

Message is approved by:

(Signature)

(Title)

EP-002-01 0 Revision 313 Attachment 7.9 (1 of 1)

LAST PAGE 45

A'irACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 0F 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010 Revision: 313 EquipmentfFacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):

1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite"
3. Attachment 7.1 step 2, separated the combined EOF and TSC checklist for each facility
4. Created Attachment 7.1 step 3 to include EOF checklist items
5. Revised Attachment 7.1 step 4 instructions for the call forwarding option on the telephone Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? i-YES []NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert 50.54(q)(3) Continue to and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.

Enter justification If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure below and the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is complete Part documented below: vI.

Justification:

Li Bounding document attached (optional)

Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-LI-i 00)

NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screening.

APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION

[] If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.

Li One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity.

Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.

Li One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)

Evaluation is NOT required. Identify controlling change processes below and complete Part VI.

CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10OCFR50.54(q)

Part IV. Editorial Change [*YES [] NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is NOT next part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? required. Enter Justification: justification and complete Part VI.

1. Changed page number references in the Table of Contents to reflect additional page
2. Section 3.6, changed "offiste" to "offsite" The proposed changes are editorial in nature in accordance with EN-AD-i101. The first change corrects the numbering of the sections in the Table of Contents to reflect the additional page added to the procedure. The second change corrected the spelling of the word, offsite. The proposed changes do not change the intent or purpose of the procedure.

No further evaluation is needed.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 2 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision: 313 Equipment/FacilitylOther: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, including program elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-i Section II?

1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] [
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 [

staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]

3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] D]
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] [
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D]
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D]
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] [
8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the []

declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]

9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions D]

to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]____

10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 0, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and D]

Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]

11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response D]

organizations. [6] ___

12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] D]
13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the D]

plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [7]____

14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] _____
15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] D]
16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] _____
17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] [
18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] _____
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available E]

to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.

[10]

20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including [

those for hostile action events.[1 0]

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 3 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-01 0 Revision: 313 Equipment/Facility/Other: Waterford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications

21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] D]
22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] [
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [131 D]
24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) EZ is established. [14]
25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, D]

and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.

[14] __ _

26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] II
27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] III
28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] Ii
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] III APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION

[] If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.

r-11f any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.

BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Chanae Items #3 and 4 from Part I:

The proposed changes separate the checklist the Emergency Communicator uses to brief the TSC ENS Communicator in the TSC and the Offsite Communicator in the EOF when the emergency response facilities are activated and responsibilities are transferred from the Control Room. The checklist is used to brief the TSC ENS Communicator and the EOF Offsite Communicator of the current emergency situation. Communication with the NRC is turned over to the ENS Communicator when the TSC is activated and the ENS Communicator accepts the responsibility. Ifthe NRC has requested to keep an open line,Athen the ENS communicator will continue to stay on the line with the NRC until directed otherwise.

Communication with the offsite agencies will be turned over by the Emergency Communicator to the EOF when the facility is activated and the Offsite Communicator accepts the responsibility. By separating the checklist, the Emergency Communicator can ensure that each turnover provides accurate information in a timely manner to the responsible facility.

No information or items from the checklist have been removed. The proposed changes are an enhancement to the checklist process that will eliminate transfer of unnecessary information to the facilities. The proposed change does not affect any process, responsibilities, roles, or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.

Change Items #5 The proposed change updates the call forwarding instructions for the emergency phone number (3500), located in the Control Room. The new Cisco phone replaced an older model Cisco phone that has been phased out. The new Cisco phone performs the same functions as the previous phone. The new phone performs the call forwarding function just as the previous phone. The proposed change will reflect the new steps to perform the function. The proposed change does not affect the process or intent of the procedure. The proposed change does not affect the Emergency plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 4 OF 4 Procedure/Document Number: EP-002-010O Revision:'"313..... .........

fEquipmentlFacility/Other: Water-ford 3 Title: Notifications and Communications Part VI. Signatures:_________

Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature Date:

Gina Taylor . II.A)i,* ,v

  • 12/4/15 0

(Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature Date:

N/A Reviewer Name (Print) Revf,.er Signature Date:

Aaron Mae/ < 1i~i~

Nuclear EP Project Manager ." "....,°' -

Approver Name (Print)

  • ro nature Date:

EN*EP-305 REV 3